Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2004

Registration No. 333-112591


 

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM N-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

x PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 3

¨ POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.


APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)


1301 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (212) 515-3200

 

Michael D. Weiner

c/o Apollo Investment Management, L.P.

1301 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

(212) 515-3200

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)


Copies of information to:

Margery K. Neale

Thomas J. Friedmann

Shearman & Sterling LLP

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022-6069

(212) 848-4000

 

Steven B. Boehm

Cynthia M. Krus

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP

1275 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20004

(202) 383-0100

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:     As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a distribution reinvestment plan, check the following box. ¨

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

¨   when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).

 

If appropriate, check the following box:

¨   This [post-effective amendment] designates a new effective date for a previously filed [post-effective amendment] [registration statement].
¨   This form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is             .

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Title of Securities Being Registered    Amount Being
Registered
   Proposed
Maximum Offering
Price Per Unit
   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)
   Amount of
Registration
Fee (2)(3)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

   57,500,000    $15.00    $862,500,000    $109,280


(1)   Includes the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
(2)   Estimated pursuant to Rule 457 solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.
(3)   Previously paid with initial filing and subsequent pre-effective amendments.

 

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.



Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS   Subject to completion   April 1, 2004

 

50,000,000 Shares

 

LOGO

 

Common Stock

 


 

Apollo Investment Corporation is a newly organized closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has filed an election to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation through debt and equity investments. We intend to invest primarily in middle-market companies in the form of mezzanine and senior secured loans, each of which may include an equity component, and, to a lesser extent, by making direct equity investments in such companies.

 

We will be managed by Apollo Investment Management, L.P., an affiliate of Apollo Management, L.P., a leading private equity investor. Apollo Investment Administration, LLC will provide the administrative services necessary for us to operate.

 

Because we are newly organized, our shares have no history of public trading. We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “AINV.”

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in our common stock, in “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 10 of the prospectus. This prospectus contains important information you should know before investing in our common stock. Please read it before you invest and keep it for future reference. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently tend to trade at a discount to their net asset value. If our shares trade at a discount to our net asset value, it may increase the risk of loss for purchasers in this offering.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per share    Total

Public offering price

   $ 15.0000    $                       

Sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions)

   $ 0.9375    $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us (1)

   $ 14.0625    $  

(1)   We estimate that we will incur approximately $1,305,000 in expenses in connection with this offering.

 

The underwriters will reserve up to              shares for sale, directly or indirectly, to our directors and employees and certain other parties related to Apollo Investment Management, L.P. The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional 7,500,000 shares of our common stock at the public offering price, less the sales load payable by us, to cover over-allotments, if any, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total sales load will be $            , and total proceeds, before expenses, will be $            .

 

The underwriters are offering the common stock as set forth in “Underwriting.” Delivery of the shares will be made on or about                 , 2004.

 

Joint Book-Running Managers
UBS Investment Bank      Citigroup      JPMorgan

 


Wachovia Securities

Banc of America Securities LLC

Legg Mason Wood Walker

Incorporated

RBC Capital Markets


Table of Contents

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional information, or information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our common stock.

 

Through and including             , 2004 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), federal securities laws may require all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS


 

Prospectus summary

  1

The offering

  6

Fees and expenses

  8

Risk factors

  10

Forward-looking statements

  22

Discussion of management’s expected operating plans

  23

Use of proceeds

  25

Dividends

  26

Capitalization

  27

Business

  28

Management

  39

Certain relationships

  50

Control persons and principal stockholders

  51

Determination of net asset value

  52

Dividend reinvestment plan

  53

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations

  55

Description of our capital stock

  61

Regulation

  67

Shares eligible for future sale

  73

Custodian, transfer and dividend paying agent and registrar

  74

Brokerage allocation and other practices

  75

Underwriting

  76

Legal matters

  80

Independent accountants

  80

Available information

  81

Report of independent auditors

  F-1

Statement of assets and liabilities

  F-2

Notes

  F-3

 

 


 


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

 

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider. You should read carefully the more detailed information set forth under “Risk factors” and the other information included in this prospectus. Except where the context suggests otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and “Apollo Investment” refer to Apollo Investment Corporation; “Apollo Investment Management” or “investment adviser” refers to Apollo Investment Management, L.P.; “Apollo Administration” refers to Apollo Investment Administration, LLC; and “Apollo” refers to the affiliated companies of Apollo Investment Management, L.P.

 

APOLLO INVESTMENT

 

Apollo Investment is a newly organized, closed-end management investment company that has filed an election to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the “1940 Act.” Apollo Investment’s investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation through debt and equity investments. From time to time, we may also invest in public companies that are thinly traded.

 

We anticipate that our portfolio will be comprised primarily of investments in long-term subordinated loans, referred to as mezzanine loans, and senior secured loans of private middle-market companies, and may include equity interests such as warrants or options received in connection with our debt investments. We expect that these investments will range between $25 million and $75 million each, although this investment size may vary proportionately as the size of our capital base changes. In this prospectus, we use the term “middle-market” to refer to companies with annual revenues between $50 million and $1 billion.

 

Since investments in senior secured loans may be made over a shorter time frame than investments in mezzanine loans, we anticipate that our portfolio will initially consist primarily of senior secured loans. Over time, however, we expect that our portfolio will include primarily mezzanine loans.

 

While our primary focus will be to generate current income through investments in loans, we may invest up to 30% of the portfolio in opportunistic investments in order to seek to enhance returns to stockholders. Such investments may include investments in high-yield bonds, distressed debt, private equity or securities of public companies that are not thinly traded.

 

About Apollo

 

Founded in 1990 by Leon Black, Michael Gross, John Hannan and three other co-founders, Apollo is a recognized leader in private equity investing, having invested more than $10.6 billion in over 150 companies since its founding. Since its inception, Apollo has raised $13.2 billion in capital, primarily from institutional investors and six private investment funds. Apollo traditionally has focused on companies that it believes are undervalued yet have successful business models, strong cash flows and prospects for value creation. The Apollo investment professionals’ disciplined, value-oriented strategy has sought to identify opportunities in all investment environments, selecting from a range of approaches, such as corporate partner or traditional buyouts, distressed debt buyouts or more liquid, non-control distressed debt investments. The Apollo investment professionals have sought through this strategy to provide investors with attractive returns while minimizing the risk of capital loss throughout economic cycles. Apollo actively manages its portfolio companies which, since 1990, have raised more than $80 billion in senior secured loans and more than $25 billion in high-yield bonds, including subordinated debt.

 

1


Table of Contents

Apollo’s active private investment funds focus on making either control-oriented equity investments of $100 million or more or distressed debt investments, either for control or non-control positions. In contrast, Apollo Investment will seek to capitalize on the significant investment opportunities emerging in the mezzanine segment of the lending market for middle-market companies, which it believes offers the potential for attractive risk-adjusted returns. Apollo Investment is currently the only Apollo-related investment vehicle focused primarily on investing in mezzanine and senior secured loans of middle-market companies, and currently the only publicly traded investment vehicle managed by an affiliate of Apollo.

 

Apollo Investment Management

 

Apollo Investment Management, our investment adviser, will be led by two managing partners with a combined 35 years of experience and will be supported by Apollo’s team of 33 investment professionals. We expect that Apollo Investment Management will hire additional investment professionals. In addition, Apollo Investment Management expects to draw upon Apollo’s 13-year history and to benefit from the Apollo investment professionals’ significant capital markets, trading and research expertise developed through investments in 23 different industries and over 150 companies in the United States and Western Europe.

 

MARKET OPPORTUNITY

 

Apollo Investment intends to invest primarily in mezzanine loans and senior secured loans of U.S. middle-market companies. We believe that the size of the middle-market, coupled with the demands of these companies for flexible sources of capital, create an attractive investment environment for Apollo Investment.

 

Ø   Apollo Investment believes that the market for lending to middle-market companies is increasingly underserved by traditional financing sources. Between 1990 and September 2003, the broad-based consolidation in the U.S. financial services industry has reduced the number of FDIC-insured financial institutions from approximately 15,000 to 9,000. We believe that the remaining financial institutions have de-emphasized their service and product offerings to middle-market businesses in recent years in favor of lending to large corporate clients and managing capital markets transactions.

 

Ø   At the same time, we believe middle-market companies have faced increasing difficulty in raising debt through the capital markets. While many middle-market companies were formerly able to raise funds by issuing high-yield bonds, we believe this approach to financing has become more difficult as institutional investors have sought to invest in larger, more liquid offerings. As evidence of this trend, the average deal size in the high-yield market has grown from approximately $135 million in 1997 to almost $185 million in 2003 and, in 2003, fewer than 7% of the high-yield issues raised less than $100 million. We believe these trends have made it harder for middle-market companies to raise funds by issuing high-yield bonds.

 

Ø   We also believe that commercial lenders have adopted a more risk-averse approach to lending that has resulted in tightened credit standards. We believe this trend has further reduced the financial options and the amount of capital available to middle-market companies from traditional commercial lenders.

 

Ø   In recent years, we believe regional banks—who have historically constituted the primary source of capital for middle-market companies—have focused increasingly on asset-supported senior financing. We believe this development has created an opportunity for non-bank lenders, such as business development companies, to provide middle-market companies with more flexible forms of financing, such as mezzanine and senior secured loans.

 

Ø  

We believe there is a large pool of un-invested private equity capital likely to seek mezzanine capital to support private investments . We expect that private equity firms will be active investors in middle-

 

2


Table of Contents
 

market companies and that these private equity funds will seek to leverage their investments by combining capital with mezzanine and/or senior secured loans from other sources. Industry sources suggest that, as of early 2004, private equity funds had invested an average of just 45% of their available capital and that such funds have between $100 and $125 billion of committed capital available for investment. We believe that if such capital was invested it could support a significant increase in U.S. mergers and acquisitions volume and U.S. leveraged buy-out volume. We believe that, when proposing a private investment, private equity funds generally seek to package their equity investments together with senior secured and/or mezzanine loans, which should provide opportunities for us to pair with such funds.

 

Therefore, we believe that there is an opportunity to invest in mezzanine and senior secured loans of middle-market companies and that we will be well positioned to serve this market.

 

COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES

 

We believe that we have the following competitive advantages over other capital providers in middle- market companies:

 

Management expertise

 

Michael Gross, a founding partner of Apollo who has been involved in all aspects of Apollo’s investment activities, including serving as a member of Apollo’s investment committee, and Arthur Penn, a partner of Apollo with substantial experience in leveraged finance, will have principal management responsibility for Apollo Investment Management as its managing partners. Messrs. Gross and Penn have a combined total of more than 35 years of experience in leveraged finance, private equity and distressed debt investing, and intend to dedicate a significant portion of their time to managing Apollo Investment Management. In addition, we expect that Apollo Investment Management will hire additional investment professionals. Apollo Investment Management will also have access to the resources and expertise of Apollo’s 33 investment professionals, led by Apollo’s co-founder and Apollo Investment Management’s senior partner, Leon Black. The senior partners of Apollo have worked together for an average of 15 years and are supported by Apollo’s infrastructure and investment professionals who possess a broad range of transactional, financial, managerial and investment skills.

 

As a result of the Apollo investment professionals’ extensive investment experience, Apollo and its senior partners have developed a strong reputation in the capital markets. We believe that this experience, together with the experience of the managing partners of Apollo Investment Management in raising capital, investing in debt and equity securities and managing investments in companies, will afford Apollo Investment a competitive advantage in identifying and investing in middle-market companies with the potential to generate returns. Apollo Investment Management’s managing partners and Apollo’s principals will invest indirectly in shares of Apollo Investment in an aggregate of $15 million.

 

Deal sourcing through the Apollo investment professionals’ proprietary research capability and broad network

 

Apollo Investment Management will identify potential investments both through active origination and due diligence and through its dialogue with numerous management teams, members of the financial community and potential corporate partners with whom the Apollo investment professionals have had long-term relationships. We believe that our investment adviser’s affiliation with Apollo, whose investment professionals have developed a broad network of contacts within the investment, commercial banking, private equity and investment management communities and a strong reputation in investment management, will enable us to attract well-positioned prospective portfolio companies. Additionally,

 

3


Table of Contents

Apollo Investment Management expects to generate information from the Apollo investment professionals’ network of accountants, consultants, lawyers and management teams of portfolio companies and other companies.

 

Disciplined, value-oriented investment philosophy with a focus on preservation of capital

 

In making its investment decisions, Apollo Investment Management intends to adopt the approach of the Apollo investment professionals in focusing on the risk/reward profile of each prospective portfolio company, seeking to minimize the risk of capital loss without foregoing potential for capital appreciation. Apollo Investment Management intends to utilize the same value-oriented investment philosophy used by the Apollo investment professionals in Apollo’s private investment funds and will commit its resources to seeking to manage downside exposure. Apollo Investment Management’s approach will seek to reduce risk in investments by:

 

Ø   focusing on companies with leading market positions and strong cash flow;

 

Ø   engaging in extensive due diligence from the perspective of a long-term investor;

 

Ø   investing at low price to cash flow multiples; and

 

Ø   adopting flexible transaction structures by drawing on the experience of the investment professionals of Apollo Investment Management and its affiliates.

 

Deep industry focus with substantial information flow

 

Apollo Investment intends to concentrate its investing activities in those strong cash-flow industries in which the Apollo investment professionals historically have had deep investment experience. Since 1990, Apollo has invested in over 150 companies in 23 industries. In the process of acquiring and monitoring its interests in these portfolio companies, the Apollo investment professionals have developed long-term relationships with management consultants and management teams in these industries, as well as substantial information concerning these industries. We expect that the in-depth coverage and experience of Apollo’s investment professionals in investing across these 23 industries throughout various stages of the economic cycle will provide Apollo Investment Management with access to ongoing market insights in addition to a powerful proprietary research and investment sourcing engine. See “Business—Investments.”

 

Versatile transaction structuring

 

We believe our management team’s broad expertise and its ability to draw upon Apollo’s 13 years of experience will enable Apollo Investment Management to identify, assess and structure investments successfully across all levels of a company’s capital structure and to manage potential risk and return at all stages of the economic cycle. We will not be subject to many of the regulatory limitations that govern traditional lending institutions such as banks. As a result, we expect to be flexible in selecting and structuring investments, adjusting investment criteria, transaction structures and, in some cases, the types of securities in which we invest. This approach should enable Apollo Investment Management to identify attractive investment opportunities throughout the economic cycle so that we can make investments consistent with our stated objective even during turbulent periods in the capital markets.

 

Longer investment horizon with attractive publicly traded model

 

Unlike private equity and venture capital funds, we will not be subject to standard periodic capital return requirements. Such requirements typically stipulate that these funds, together with any capital gains on such invested funds, can only be invested once and must be returned to investors after a pre-agreed time period. These provisions often force private equity and venture capital funds to seek returns on their

 

4


Table of Contents

investments through mergers, public equity offerings or other liquidity events more quickly than they otherwise might, potentially resulting in both a lower overall return to investors and an adverse impact on their portfolio companies. We believe that our flexibility to make investments with a long-term view and without the capital return requirements of traditional private investment vehicles will provide us with the opportunity to generate returns on invested capital and enable us to be a better long-term partner for our portfolio companies.

 

OPERATING AND REGULATORY STRUCTURE

 

Our investment activities will be managed by Apollo Investment Management and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of Apollo and its affiliates. Apollo Investment Management is a newly formed investment adviser that is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or the “Advisers Act.” Under our investment advisory and management agreement, we have agreed to pay Apollo Investment Management an annual base management fee based on our gross assets as well as an incentive fee based on our performance. See “Management—Investment advisory and management agreement.”

 

As a business development company, we will be required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For example, we will not invest in any portfolio company in which Apollo or any of its affiliates currently has an investment. Also, while we are permitted to finance investments using debt, our ability to use debt will be limited in certain significant respects. We have not decided whether, and to what extent, we will finance investments using debt; however, we do not expect to use debt until the proceeds of this offering have been substantially invested. See “Regulation.” We intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or a RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the “Code.” See “Material U.S. federal income tax considerations.”

 

OUR CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

Our administrative offices are located at Two Manhattanville Road, Purchase, NY 10577, telephone number (914) 694-8000; and our executive offices are located at 1301 Avenue of the Americas, 38 th  Floor, New York, NY 10019, telephone number (212) 515-3200.

 

5


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

   50,000,000 shares, excluding 7,500,000 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters. The underwriters will reserve up to          shares of common stock for sale, directly or indirectly, to our directors and employees and certain other parties related to Apollo Investment Management.

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

   50,000,100 shares, excluding 7,500,000 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.

Use of proceeds

   We plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective and the strategies described in this prospectus. We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be used for the above purposes within two years, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objective and other market conditions. We expect that our portfolio will initially consist primarily of senior secured loans because we anticipate that we will be able to invest in such loans more rapidly than we can invest in mezzanine loans. Pending such investments, we will invest the net proceeds primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. See “Use of proceeds.”

Dividends

   We intend to distribute quarterly dividends to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. Our quarterly dividends, if any, will be determined by our board of directors.

Taxation  

   We intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes as a RIC. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To maintain our RIC status, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of assets legally available for distribution. See “Dividends.”

 

6


Table of Contents

Dividend reinvestment plan

   We have a dividend reinvestment plan for our stockholders. This is an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan. As a result, if we declare a dividend, then stockholders’ cash dividends will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, unless they specifically “opt out” of the dividend reinvestment plan so as to receive cash dividends. Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of stock will be subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. See “Dividend reinvestment plan.”
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol    “AINV”

Trading  

   Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently tend to trade at a discount to their net asset value. The possibility that our shares may trade at a discount to our net asset value is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether our shares will trade above, at or below net asset value.

Anti-takeover provisions

   Our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. This structure is intended to provide us with a greater likelihood of continuity of management, which may be necessary for us to realize the full value of our investments. A staggered board of directors also may serve to deter hostile takeovers or proxy contests, as may certain other measures adopted by us. See “Description of our capital stock.”

Risk factors

   See “Risk factors” beginning on page 10 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Management arrangements

   Apollo Investment Management will serve as our investment adviser. Apollo Administration will serve as our administrator. We have entered into a license agreement with Apollo, pursuant to which Apollo has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive license to use the name “Apollo.” For a description of Apollo Investment Management, Apollo Administration, Apollo and our contractual arrangements with these companies, see “Management—Investment advisory and management agreement,” “—Administration agreement” and “—License agreement.”

 

7


Table of Contents

Available information

   After completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. This information will be available at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. and on the SEC’s Internet website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

Fees and expenses

 

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in this offering will bear directly or indirectly. We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you,” “us” or “Apollo Investment,” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in Apollo Investment.

 

Stockholder transaction expenses:

    

Sales load (as a percentage of offering price)

   6.25%(1)

Offering expenses borne by us (as a percentage of offering price)

   0.19%(2)

Dividend reinvestment plan expenses

   None  (3)
    

Total stockholder transaction expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

   6.44%

Estimated annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock):

    

Management fees

   2.00%(4)

Incentive fees payable under investment advisory and management agreement (20% of realized capital gains and 20% of pre-incentive fee net investment income)

   0.00%(5)

Interest payments on borrowed funds

   None  (6)

Other expenses

   0.75%(7)
    

Total annual expenses (estimated)

   2.75%(4)(7)

(1)   The underwriting discounts and commissions with respect to shares sold in this offering, which is a one-time fee, is the only sales load paid in connection with this offering.
(2)   Amount reflects estimated offering expenses of approximately $1,305,000.
(3)   The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan are included in “other expenses.”
(4)   Our management fee is based on our gross assets. See “Management—Investment advisory and management agreement” and footnote 5 below.
(5)   Based on our current business plan, we do not expect to invest fully the net proceeds from this offering for up to two years and we expect that we will not have any capital gains and only an insignificant amount of interest income that will not exceed the quarterly hurdle rate discussed below. As a result, we do not anticipate paying any incentive fees in the first year after the completion of this offering. Once fully invested, we expect the incentive fees we pay to increase to the extent we earn greater interest income through our investments in portfolio companies and, to a lesser extent, realize capital gains upon the sale of warrants or other equity investments in our portfolio companies. The incentive fee consists of two parts. The first part, which is payable quarterly in arrears, will equal 20% of the excess, if any, of our net investment income that exceeds a 1.75% quarterly (7% annualized) hurdle rate, subject to a “catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. Our net investment income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 2% base management fee (see footnote 4 above). The second part of the incentive fee will equal 20% of our net realized capital gains, if any, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation and will be payable at the end of each calendar year beginning on December 31, 2004. For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of this fee, see “Management—Investment advisory and management agreement.”
(6)   We do not plan to incur any indebtedness, or to pay interest in respect thereof, before the proceeds of this offering are substantially invested. We have not decided whether, and to what extent, we will finance investments using debt.

 

8


Table of Contents
       However, assuming we borrowed for investment purposes an amount equal to 40% of our total assets (including such borrowed funds) and that the annual interest rate on the amount borrowed is 3%, our total annual expenses (estimated) would be as follows:

 

Management fees

   2.00 %

Incentive fees payable under investment advisory and management agreement (20% of realized capital gains and 20% of pre-incentive fee net investment income)

   0.00 %

Interest payments on borrowed funds

   1.20 %

Other expenses

   0.54 %
    

Total annual expenses (estimated)

   3.74 %

 

(7)   Includes estimated organizational expenses of $250,000 (which are non-recurring) and our overhead expenses, including payments under the administration agreement based on our projected allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Apollo Administration in performing its obligations under the administration agreement. See “Management—Administration agreement.”

 

Example

 

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed we would have no leverage and that our annual operating expenses would remain at the levels set forth in the table above.

 

     1 year    3 years    5 years    10 years

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return

   $ 88.56    $ 142.44    $ 198.78    $ 351.11

 

While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. The incentive fee under the investment advisory and management agreement, which, assuming a 5% annual return, would either not be payable or have an insignificant impact on the expense amounts shown above, is not included in the example. This illustration assumes that we will not realize any capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation in any of the indicated time periods. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments, including through the realization of capital gains, to trigger an incentive fee of a material amount, our expenses, and returns to our investors, would be higher. In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at net asset value, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock, determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to a participant by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of trading on the valuation date for the dividend. See “Dividend reinvestment plan” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

 

This example and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses (including the cost of debt, if any, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown.

 

9


Table of Contents

 

Risk factors

 

Before you invest in our shares, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our common stock. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS AND STRUCTURE

 

We are a new company with no operating history.

 

We were incorporated in February 2004 and have not yet commenced operations. We are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and that the value of your investment could decline substantially. We anticipate that it will take us up to two years to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering. During this period, we will invest in temporary investments, such as cash and cash equivalents, which we expect will earn yields substantially lower than the interest income that we anticipate receiving in respect of investments in mezzanine and senior secured loans. As a result, we may not be able to pay any dividends during this period or, if we are able to do so, such dividends may be substantially lower than the dividends that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested.

 

Our investment adviser and its senior management have no experience managing a business development company.

 

The 1940 Act imposes numerous constraints on the operations of business development companies. For example, business development companies are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of private or thinly traded U.S. public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. Our investment adviser’s and its senior management’s lack of experience in managing a portfolio of assets under such constraints may hinder their ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and, as a result, achieve our investment objective. In addition, even though Apollo Investment Management will be led by senior investment professionals of Apollo who intend to apply the value-oriented philosophy and techniques used by the Apollo investment professionals in their private fund investing, our investment strategies will differ from those of other private funds that are or have been managed by the Apollo investment professionals. Further, investors in Apollo Investment are not acquiring an interest in other Apollo funds. Further, while Apollo Investment may consider potential co-investment participation in portfolio investments with other Apollo funds, no investment opportunities are currently under consideration and any such investment activity will be subject to, among other things, regulatory and independent board member approvals, the receipt of which, if sought, cannot be assured. Accordingly, we can offer no assurance that Apollo Investment will replicate Apollo’s historical success, and we caution you that our investment returns could be substantially lower than the returns achieved by those private funds.

 

We are dependent upon Apollo Investment Management’s key personnel for our future success and upon their access to Apollo’s investment professionals and partners.

 

We will depend on the diligence, skill and network of business contacts of the senior management of Apollo Investment Management, including Messrs. Michael S. Gross and Arthur H. Penn. For a

 


 

10


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

description of the senior management team, see “Management.” We will also depend, to a significant extent, on Apollo Investment Management’s access to the investment professionals and partners of Apollo and the information and deal flow generated by the Apollo investment professionals in the course of their investment and portfolio management activities. The senior management of Apollo Investment Management will evaluate, negotiate, structure, close and monitor our investments. Our future success will depend on the continued service of the senior management team of Apollo Investment Management. The departure of any of the senior managers of Apollo Investment Management, or of a significant number of the investment professionals or partners of Apollo, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective. In addition, we can offer no assurance that Apollo Investment Management will remain our investment adviser or that we will continue to have access to Apollo’s partners and investment professionals or its information and deal flow.

 

Our financial condition and results of operation will depend on our ability to manage future growth effectively.

 

Our ability to achieve our investment objective will depend on our ability to grow, which will depend, in turn, on Apollo Investment Management’s ability to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria.

 

Accomplishing this result on a cost-effective basis will be largely a function of Apollo Investment Management’s structuring of the investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and our access to financing on acceptable terms. The senior management team of Apollo Investment Management will have substantial responsibilities under the investment advisory and management agreement, as well as in connection with their roles as officers of other Apollo funds. They may also be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies as principals of our administrator. These demands on their time may distract them or slow the rate of investment. In order to grow, we and Apollo Investment Management will need to hire, train, supervise and manage new employees. However, we can offer no assurance that any such employees will contribute to the work of the investment adviser. Any failure to manage our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities.

 

A number of entities will compete with us to make the types of investments that we plan to make in middle-market companies. We will compete with public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act will impose on us as a business development company. We cannot assure you that the competitive pressures we face will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, as a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we can offer no assurance that we will be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

 

We will not seek to compete primarily based on the interest rates we will offer and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that will be comparable to or lower than the rates we offer.

 


 

11


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. If we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income and increased risk of credit loss.

 

We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify as a RIC.

 

To qualify as a RIC under the Code, we must meet certain income source, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. The annual distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. Because we may use debt financing in the future, we may be subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to qualify as a RIC. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level income tax. To qualify as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each calendar quarter. Failure to meet these tests may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and may result in substantial losses. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for any reason and remain or become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders.

 

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

 

For federal income tax purposes, we will include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as original issue discount, which may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan or possibly in other circumstances, or contracted payment-in-kind interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such original issue discount, which could be significant relative to Apollo Investment’s overall investment activities, or increases in loan balances as a result of contracted payment-in-kind arrangements will be included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash.

 

Since in certain cases we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the tax requirement to distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, to maintain our status as a RIC. Accordingly, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and thus be subject to corporate-level income tax. See “Material U.S. federal income tax considerations—Taxation as a RIC.”

 

Regulations governing our operation as a business development company will affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital.

 

We may issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we will be permitted, as a business development

 


 

12


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

company, to issue senior securities only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.

 

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in the best interests of Apollo Investment and its stockholders, and our stockholders approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount).

 

In addition to issuing securities to raise capital as described above, we may in the future seek to securitize our loans to generate cash for funding new investments. To securitize loans, we may create a wholly-owned subsidiary and contribute a pool of loans to the subsidiary. This could include the sale of interests in the subsidiary on a non-recourse basis to purchasers who we would expect to be willing to accept a lower interest rate to invest in investment grade loan pools, and we would retain a portion of the equity in the securitized pool of loans. An inability to successfully securitize our loan portfolio could limit our ability to grow our business, fully execute our business strategy and decrease our earnings, if any. Moreover, the successful securitization of our loan portfolio might expose us to losses as the residual loans in which we do not sell interests will tend to be those that are riskier and more apt to generate losses.

 

If we issue senior securities, including debt, we will be exposed to additional risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.

 

Ø   We will be exposed to increased risk of loss if we incur debt to make investments. If we do incur debt, a decrease in the value of our investments would have a greater negative impact on the value of our common stock than if we did not use debt.

 

Ø   Our ability to pay dividends would be restricted if our asset coverage ratio were not at least 200% and any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for dividends to our common stockholders.

 

Ø   It is likely that such securities will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility.

 

Ø   We, and indirectly our stockholders, will bear the cost of issuing and servicing such securities.

 

Ø   Any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common stock.

 

If we use debt to finance our investments, we will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

 

General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on investment objectives and our rate of return on invested capital. In addition, an increase in interest rates would make it more expensive to use debt to finance our investments.

 


 

13


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

Many of our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

 

A large percentage of our portfolio investments will be in the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable. We will value these securities quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. However, we may be required to value our securities at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors to the extent necessary to reflect significant events affecting the value of our securities. Our board of directors will utilize the services of an independent valuation firm to aid it in determining the fair value of these securities. The types of factors that may be considered in fair value pricing of our investments include the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded companies, discounted cash flow and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such securities.

 

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

 

We will generally make investments in private companies. Substantially all of these securities will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly traded securities. The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments. In addition, we may face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we or an affiliated manager of Apollo has material non-public information regarding such portfolio company.

 

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results.

 

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rate payable on the debt securities we acquire, the default rate on such securities, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

 

There are significant potential conflicts of interest which could impact our investment returns.

 

Our executive officers and directors, and the partners of our investment adviser, Apollo Investment Management, serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do or of investment funds managed by our affiliates. Accordingly, they may have obligations to investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which might not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. For example, Mr. Gross, our president, chief executive officer, chairman of the board and a managing partner of Apollo Investment Management, is and, following this offering, will continue to be a founding partner of Apollo with management responsibilities for other

 


 

14


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

Apollo investment funds. In addition, Mr. Penn, our vice president, treasurer and a managing partner of Apollo Investment Management, is and, following this offering, will continue to be a senior partner of Apollo DIF Management, an affiliated investment manager to Apollo Distressed Investment Fund, an affiliated private investment fund. Moreover, we note that, notwithstanding the difference in principal investment objectives between Apollo Investment and other Apollo funds, such other Apollo sponsored funds, including new affiliated potential pooled investment vehicles or managed accounts not yet established, have and may from time to time have overlapping investment objectives with those of Apollo Investment and accordingly invest in, whether principally or secondarily, asset classes similar to those targeted by Apollo Investment. As a result, the partners of Apollo Investment Management will face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities to other Apollo funds. Although Apollo Investment Management will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, it is possible that we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by investment funds managed by investment managers affiliated with Apollo Investment Management. When the partners of Apollo Investment Management identify an investment, they will be forced to choose which investment fund should make the investment.

 

We will not invest in any portfolio company in which Apollo or any affiliates currently has an investment.

 

In the course of our investing activities, we will pay management and incentive fees to Apollo Investment Management, and will reimburse Apollo Investment Management for certain expenses it incurs. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, resulting in, among other things, a lower rate of return than one might achieve through direct investments. As a result of this arrangement, there may be times when the management team of Apollo Investment Management has interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict.

 

Apollo Investment Management will receive a quarterly incentive fee based, in part, on our pre-incentive fee income, if any, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. This incentive fee is subject to a quarterly hurdle rate before providing an incentive fee return to the investment adviser. To the extent we or Apollo Investment Management are able to exert influence over our portfolio companies, the quarterly pre-incentive fee may provide Apollo Investment Management with an incentive to induce our portfolio companies to accelerate or defer interest or other obligations owed to us from one calendar quarter to another.

 

We have entered into a royalty-free license agreement with Apollo, pursuant to which Apollo has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive license to use the name “Apollo.” Under the license agreement, we will have the right to use the “Apollo” name for so long as Apollo Investment Management or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. In addition, we will rent office space from Apollo Administration, an affiliate of Apollo Investment Management, and pay Apollo Administration our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Apollo Administration in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs, which will create conflicts of interest that our board of directors must monitor.

 

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business.

 

We and our portfolio companies will be subject to regulation by laws at the local, state and federal levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, may be changed from time to time. Accordingly, any change in these laws or regulations could have a material adverse affect on our business.

 


 

15


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INVESTMENTS

 

We may not realize gains from our equity investments.

 

When we invest in mezzanine or senior secured loans, we may acquire warrants or other equity securities as well. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of such equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

 

We have not yet identified any portfolio company investments.

 

We have not yet identified any potential investments for our portfolio and, thus, you will not be able to evaluate any specific portfolio company investments prior to purchasing shares of our common stock. Additionally, our investments will be selected by our investment adviser and our stockholders will not have input into such investment decisions. Both of these factors will increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our shares.

 

Our portfolio may be concentrated initially in a limited number of portfolio companies, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies defaults on its obligations under any of its debt securities.

 

We may initially invest the net proceeds of this offering in a limited number of companies. A consequence of this limited number of investments is that the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Beyond our income tax diversification requirements, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification, and our investments could be concentrated in relatively few portfolio companies.

 

Our investments in prospective portfolio companies may be risky, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Investment in middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks, including:

 

Ø   these companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;

 

Ø   they typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;

 

Ø   they are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us; and

 

Ø   they generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. In addition, our executive officers, directors and our investment adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies.

 


 

16


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

 

Many of our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions also may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results.

 

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, if one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, even though we may have structured our interest as senior debt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might recharacterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors.

 

An investment strategy focused primarily on privately-held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies, a dependence on the talents and efforts of only a few key portfolio company personnel and a greater vulnerability to economic downturns.

 

We will invest primarily in privately-held companies. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we will be required to rely on the ability of the members of Apollo Investment Management’s investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. Also, privately-held companies frequently have less diverse product lines and smaller market presence than larger competitors. These factors could affect our investment returns.

 

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

 

We intend to invest primarily in mezzanine and senior debt securities issued by our portfolio companies. The portfolio companies usually will have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt securities in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the debt securities in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt securities in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company. In addition, we may not be in a position to control any portfolio company by

 


 

17


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

investing in its debt securities. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors.

 

Our incentive fee may induce Apollo Investment Management to make speculative investments.

 

The incentive fee payable by us to Apollo Investment Management may create an incentive for Apollo Investment Management to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The way in which the incentive fee payable to our investment adviser is determined, which is calculated as a percentage of the return on invested capital, may encourage our investment adviser to use leverage to increase the return on our investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor the holders of our common stock, including investors in this offering. In addition, the investment adviser will receive the incentive fee based, in part, upon net capital gains realized on our investments. Unlike the portion of the incentive fee based on income, there is no hurdle rate applicable to the portion of the incentive fee based on net capital gains. As a result, the investment adviser may have a tendency to invest more in investments that are likely to result in capital gains as compared to income producing securities. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns.

 

Our investments in foreign debt securities may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

 

Our investment strategy contemplates potential investments in debt securities of foreign companies. Investing in foreign companies may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, expropriation, imposition of foreign taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility.

 

Although most of our investments will be U.S. dollar-denominated, our investments that are denominated in a foreign currency will be subject to the risk that the value of a particular currency will change in relation to one or more other currencies. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation, and political developments. We may employ hedging techniques to minimize these risks, but we can offer no assurance that such strategies will be effective.

 

If we engage in hedging transactions, we may expose ourselves to risks associated with such transactions. We may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions does not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions decline. However, such hedging can establish other positions designed to gain from those same developments, thereby offsetting the decline in the value of such portfolio positions. Such hedging transaction may also limit the opportunity for gain if the

 


 

18


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

values of the portfolio positions should increase. Moreover, it may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price.

 

The success of our hedging transactions will depend on our ability to correctly predict movements, currencies and interest rates. Therefore, while we may enter into such transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations.

 

RISKS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

 

There is a risk that you may not receive dividends or that our dividends may not grow over time.

 

We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a business development company, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions.

 

Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and of our charter and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

 

The Maryland General Corporation Law, our charter and our bylaws contain provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of Apollo Investment or the removal of our directors. We are subject to the Maryland Business Combination Act, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. Our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting from the Business Combination Act any business combination between us and any other person, subject to prior approval of such business combination by our board, including approval by a majority of our disinterested directors. If the resolution exempting business combinations is repealed or our board does not approve a business combination, the Business Combination Act may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer. Our bylaws exempt from the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act acquisitions of our common stock by any person. If we amend our bylaws to repeal the exemption from the Control Share Acquisition Act, the Control Share Acquisition Act also may make it more difficult for a third party to obtain control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer.

 

We have also adopted other measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our charter classifying our board of directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and provisions of our charter authorizing our board of directors to classify or reclassify

 


 

19


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

shares of our stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock, and to amend our charter, without stockholder approval, to increase or decrease the number of shares of stock that we have authority to issue. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our charter and bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

 

Investing in our shares may involve an above average degree of risk.

 

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative and aggressive, and therefore, an investment in our shares may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

 

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

 

The market price and liquidity of the market for shares of our common stock may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

 

Ø   significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of business development companies or other companies in our sector, which are not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;

 

Ø   changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or business development companies;

 

Ø   loss of RIC status;

 

Ø   changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

 

Ø   changes in the value of our portfolio of investments;

 

Ø   any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;

 

Ø   departure of Apollo Investment Management’s key personnel;

 

Ø   operating performance of companies comparable to us;

 

Ø   general economic trends and other external factors; and

 

Ø   loss of a major funding source.

 

We may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may not agree.

 

We will have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds of this offering and may use the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may not agree or for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of the offering.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that the market price of our shares will not decline following the offering.

 

We cannot assure you that a trading market will develop for our common stock after this offering or, if one develops, that such trading market can be sustained. Shares of companies offered in an initial public

 


 

20


Table of Contents

Risk factors


 

offering often trade at a discount to the initial offering price due to underwriting discounts and related offering expenses. Also, shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from net asset value. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether our common stock will trade at, above or below net asset value.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

 

Upon consummation of this offering, we will have 50,000,100 shares of common stock outstanding (or 57,500,100 shares of common stock if the over-allotment option is fully exercised). Following this offering, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock or the availability of such shares for sale, could adversely affect the prevailing market prices for our common stock. If this occurs and continues, it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities should we desire to do so.

 


 

21


Table of Contents

 

Forward-looking statements

 

Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements, which relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus involve risks and uncertainties, including statements as to:

 

Ø   our future operating results;

 

Ø   our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

Ø   the impact of investments that we expect to make;

 

Ø   our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

 

Ø   the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;

 

Ø   the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

 

Ø   our expected financings and investments;

 

Ø   the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital; and

 

Ø   the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies.

 

We use words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “intends” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements for any reason, including the factors set forth in “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

We have based the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus on information available to us on the date of this prospectus, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports that we in the future may file with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.

 


 

22


Table of Contents

 

Discussion of management’s expected operating plans

 

OVERVIEW

 

Apollo Investment was incorporated under the Maryland General Corporation Law in February 2004. We have elected to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. As such, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For instance, we generally have to invest at least 70% of our total assets in “qualifying assets,” including securities of private or thinly traded public U.S. companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. This offering will significantly increase our capital resources.

 

Revenues

 

We plan to generate revenue in the form of interest payable on the debt securities that we hold and capital gains, if any, on warrants or other equity interests that we may acquire in portfolio companies. We expect our investments, whether in the form of mezzanine or senior secured loans, to have a term of five to ten years and typically to bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. Interest on debt securities will be payable generally quarterly or semi-annually, with the amortization of principal generally being deferred for several years from the date of the initial investment. In some cases, we will also defer payments of interest for the first few years after our investment. The principal amount of the debt securities and any accrued but unpaid interest will generally become due at the maturity date. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, structuring or diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance and possibly consulting fees. Any such fees will be generated in connection with our investments and recognized as earned.

 

Expenses

 

Our primary operating expenses will include the payment of investment management fees and overhead expenses, including our allocable portion of overhead under the administration agreement. Our investment management fee will compensate our investment adviser for its work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, closing and monitoring our investments. See “Management—Investment advisory and management agreement,” and “—Administration agreement.” We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including those relating to: organization and offering; calculating our net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm); expenses incurred by Apollo Investment Management payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring our financial and legal affairs and in monitoring our investments and performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies; interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments; offerings of our common stock and other securities; investment advisory and management fees; fees payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments; transfer agent and custodial fees; registration fees; listing fees; taxes; independent directors’ fees and expenses; costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents of the SEC; the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs; our allocable portion of the fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; direct costs and expenses of administration, including auditor and legal costs; and all other expenses incurred by us or Apollo Administration in connection with administering our business, such as our allocable portion of overhead under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs.

 


 

23


Table of Contents

Discussion of management’s expected operating plans


 

To the extent that any of our loans are denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, we may enter into currency hedging contracts to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. We may also enter into interest rate hedging agreements. Such hedging activities, which will be subject to compliance with applicable legal requirements, may include the use of futures, options and forward contracts. Costs incurred in entering into such contracts or in settling them will be borne by us.

 

Financial condition, liquidity and capital resources

 

We will generate cash primarily from the net proceeds of this offering and any future offerings of securities and cash flows from operations, including interest earned from the temporary investment of cash in U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. In the future, we may also fund a portion of our investments through borrowings from banks and issuances of senior securities. We do not expect to incur such indebtedness until the proceeds of this offering have been substantially invested. In the future, we may also securitize a portion of our investments in mezzanine or senior secured loans or other assets. Our primary use of funds will be investments in portfolio companies and cash distributions to holders of our common stock. Immediately after this offering, we expect to have cash resources of approximately $701.6 million and no indebtedness. This amount does not take into account the exercise of the overallotment option. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

In order to qualify as a RIC and to avoid corporate-level tax on our income, we must distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, on an annual basis out of the assets legally available for such distributions. We intend to pay dividends on a quarterly basis. In addition, we also intend to distribute any realized net capital gains (i.e., realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) at least annually out of the assets legally available for such distributions.

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

We have entered into three contracts under which we have material future commitments, the investment advisory and management agreement, pursuant to which Apollo Investment Management has agreed to serve as our investment adviser; the administration agreement, pursuant to which Apollo Administration has agreed to furnish us with the facilities and administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations and provide on our behalf managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which we are required to provide such assistance; and a license agreement with Apollo, pursuant to which Apollo has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Apollo.” Payments under the investment advisory and management agreement in future periods will be equal to (1) a percentage of the value of our gross assets and (2) an incentive fee based on Apollo Investment’s performance. Payments under the administration agreement will be equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion of Apollo Administration’s overhead in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent, technology systems, insurance and our allocable portion of the costs of our chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs. See “Management—Investment advisory and management agreement,” “—Administration agreement” and “—License agreement.” Each of these contracts may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not more than 60 days’ written notice to the other. Further, although our chief compliance officer and chief financial officer will have certain primary duties and responsibilities to Apollo Investment, they may also perform duties for other Apollo related entities.

 


 

24


Table of Contents

 

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of 50,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $701.6 million (or approximately $807.0 million if the underwriters fully exercise their over-allotment option), in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated organization and offering expenses of approximately $1,555,000 payable by us.

 

We plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective and strategies. We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be used for the above purposes within two years, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objective and market conditions. We expect that our portfolio will initially consist primarily of senior loans because we anticipate that we will be able to invest in such loans more rapidly than we can invest in mezzanine loans. Pending such investments, we will invest the net proceeds primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. The management fee payable by us will not be reduced while our assets are invested in such securities. See “Regulation—Temporary investments” for additional information about temporary investments we may make while waiting to make longer-term investments in pursuit of our investment objective.

 


 

25


Table of Contents

 

Dividends

 

We intend to distribute quarterly dividends to our stockholders. Our quarterly dividends, if any, will be determined by our board of directors.

 

To maintain our RIC status, we must distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of the assets legally available for distribution. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any ordinary income and net capital gains for preceding years that were not distributed during such years. In addition, although we currently intend to distribute realized net capital gains ( i.e. , net long-term capital gains in excess of short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually, out of the assets legally available for such distributions, we may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment. In such event, the consequences of our retention of net capital gains are as described under “Material U.S. federal income tax considerations.” We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions and, if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.

 

We maintain an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a dividend, then stockholders’ cash dividends will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, unless they specifically “opt out” of the dividend reinvestment plan so as to receive cash dividends. See “Dividend reinvestment plan.”

 


 

26


Table of Contents

 

Capitalization

 

The following table sets forth (1) our actual capitalization at March 15, 2004 and (2) our capitalization as adjusted to reflect the effects of the sale of our common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and organizational and offering expenses payable by us. You should read this table together with “Use of proceeds” and our balance sheet included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 15, 2004

     Actual

   As Adjusted (1)

     (Amounts in thousands)

Assets:

             

Cash

   $ 1.5    $ 701,571.5
    

  

Total assets

   $ 1.5    $ 701,571.5
    

  

Stockholders’ equity:

             

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 100,000,000 common shares authorized, 100 common shares outstanding, actual; 50,000,100 common shares outstanding, as adjusted

   $ 0.0    $ 50.0

Capital in excess of par value

     1.5      701,521.5
    

  

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 1.5    $ 701,571.5
    

  


(1)   Does not include the underwriter’s over-allotment option of 7,500,000 shares.

 


 

27


Table of Contents

 

Business

 

APOLLO INVESTMENT

 

Apollo Investment is a newly organized, closed-end management investment company that has filed an election to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. Apollo Investment’s investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation through debt and equity investments. From time to time, we may also invest in public companies that are thinly traded.

 

We anticipate that our portfolio will be comprised primarily of investments in long-term subordinated loans, referred to as mezzanine loans, and senior secured loans of private middle-market companies, and may include equity interests such as warrants or options received in connection with our debt investments. We expect that these investments will range between $25 million and $75 million each, although this investment size may vary proportionately as the size of our capital base changes. Since investments in senior secured loans may be made over a shorter time frame than investments in mezzanine loans, we anticipate that our portfolio will initially consist primarily of senior secured loans. Over time, however, we expect that our portfolio will include primarily mezzanine loans.

 

While our primary focus will be to generate current income through investments in loans, we may invest up to 30% of the portfolio in opportunistic investments in order to seek to enhance returns to stockholders. Such investments may include investments in high-yield bonds, distressed debt, private equity or securities of public companies that are not thinly traded. We expect that these public companies generally will have debt securities that are non-investment grade. We may also invest in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less.

 

About Apollo

 

Founded in 1990 by Leon Black, Michael Gross, John Hannan and three other co-founders, Apollo is a recognized leader in private equity investing, having invested more than $10.6 billion in over 150 companies since its founding. Since its inception, Apollo has raised $13.2 billion in capital, primarily from institutional investors and six private investment funds. Apollo traditionally has focused on companies that it believes are undervalued yet have successful business models, strong cash flows and prospects for value creation. The Apollo investment professionals’ disciplined, value-oriented strategy has sought to identify opportunities in all investment environments, selecting from a range of approaches, such as corporate partner or traditional buyouts, distressed debt buyouts or more liquid, non-control distressed debt investments. The Apollo investment professionals have sought through this strategy to provide investors with attractive returns while minimizing the risk of capital loss throughout economic cycles. Apollo actively manages its portfolio companies which, since 1990, have raised more than $80 billion in senior secured loans and more than $25 billion in high-yield bonds, including subordinated debt.

 

Apollo’s active private investment funds focus on making either control-oriented equity investments of $100 million or more or distressed debt investments, either for control or non-control positions. In contrast, Apollo Investment will seek to capitalize on the significant investment opportunities emerging in the mezzanine segment of the lending market for middle-market companies, which it believes offer the potential for attractive risk-adjusted returns. Apollo Investment is currently the only Apollo-related investment vehicle focused primarily on investing in mezzanine and senior secured loans of middle-market companies, and currently the only publicly traded investment vehicle managed by an affiliate of Apollo.

 


 

28


Table of Contents

Business


 

Apollo Investment Management

 

Apollo Investment Management will be led by two managing partners with a combined 35 years of experience and will be supported by Apollo’s team of 33 investment professionals. We expect that Apollo Investment Management will hire additional investment professionals. In addition, Apollo Investment Management expects to draw upon Apollo’s 13-year history and to benefit from the Apollo investment professionals’ significant capital markets, trading and research expertise developed through investments in 23 different industries and over 150 companies in the United States and Western Europe.

 

MARKET OPPORTUNITY

 

Apollo Investment intends to invest primarily in mezzanine loans and senior secured loans of U.S. middle-market companies. In this prospectus, we use the term “middle-market” to refer to companies with annual revenues between $50 million and $1 billion. We believe that the size of the middle-market, coupled with the demands of these companies for flexible sources of capital, create an attractive investment environment for Apollo Investment.

 

Ø   Apollo Investment believes that the market for lending to middle-market companies is increasingly underserved by traditional financing sources. Between 1990 and September 2003, the broad-based consolidation in the U.S. financial services industry has reduced the number of FDIC-insured financial institutions from approximately 15,000 to 9,000. We believe that the remaining financial institutions have de-emphasized their service and product offerings to middle-market businesses in recent years in favor of lending to large corporate clients and managing capital markets transactions.

 

Ø   At the same time, we believe middle-market companies have faced increasing difficulty in raising debt through the capital markets. While many middle-market companies were formerly able to raise funds by issuing high-yield bonds, we believe this approach to financing has become more difficult as institutional investors have sought to invest in larger, more liquid offerings. As evidence of this trend, the average deal size in the high-yield market has grown from approximately $135 million in 1997 to almost $185 million in 2003 and, in 2003, fewer than 7% of the high-yield issues raised less than $100 million. We believe these trends have made it harder for middle-market companies to raise funds by issuing high-yield bonds.

 

Ø   We also believe that commercial lenders have adopted a more risk-averse approach to lending that has resulted in tightened credit standards. We believe this trend has further reduced the financial options and the amount of capital available to middle-market companies from traditional commercial lenders.

 

Ø   In recent years, we believe regional banks—who have historically constituted the primary source of capital for middle-market companies—have focused increasingly on asset-supported senior financing. We believe this development has created an opportunity for non-bank lenders, such as business development companies, to provide middle-market companies with more flexible forms of financing, such as mezzanine and senior secured loans.

 

Ø   We believe there is a large pool of un-invested private equity capital likely to seek mezzanine capital to support private investments . We expect that private equity firms will be active investors in middle-market companies and that these private equity funds will seek to leverage their investments by combining capital with mezzanine and/or senior secured loans from other sources. Industry sources suggest that, as of early 2004, private equity funds had invested an average of just 45% of their available capital and that such funds have between $100 and $125 billion of committed capital available for investment. We believe that if such capital was invested it could support a significant increase in U.S. mergers and acquisitions volume and U.S. leveraged buy-out volume. We believe that, when proposing a private investment, private equity funds generally seek to package their equity investments together with senior secured and/or mezzanine loans, which should provide opportunities for us to pair with such funds.

 


 

29


Table of Contents

Business


 

Therefore, we believe that there is an opportunity to invest in mezzanine and senior secured loans of middle-market companies and that we will be well positioned to serve this market.

 

COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES

 

We believe that we have the following competitive advantages over other capital providers in middle-market companies:

 

Management expertise

 

Michael Gross, a founding partner of Apollo who has been involved in all aspects of Apollo’s investment activities, including serving as a member of Apollo’s investment committee, and Arthur Penn, a partner of Apollo with substantial experience in leveraged finance, will have principal management responsibility for Apollo Investment Management as its managing partners. Messrs. Gross and Penn have a combined total of more than 35 years of experience in leveraged finance, private equity and distressed debt investing, and intend to dedicate a significant portion of their time to managing Apollo Investment Management. In addition, we expect that Apollo Investment Management will hire additional investment professionals. Apollo Investment Management will also have access to the resources and expertise of Apollo’s 33 investment professionals, led by Apollo’s co-founder and Apollo Investment Management’s senior partner, Leon Black. The senior partners of Apollo have worked together for an average of 15 years and are supported by Apollo’s infrastructure and investment professionals who possess a broad range of transactional, financial, managerial and investment skills.

 

As a result of the Apollo investment professionals’ extensive investment experience, Apollo and its senior partners have developed a strong reputation in the capital markets. We believe that this experience, together with the experience of the managing partners of Apollo Investment Management in raising capital, investing in debt and equity securities and managing investments in companies, will afford Apollo Investment a competitive advantage in identifying and investing in middle-market companies with the potential to generate returns. Apollo Investment Management’s managing partners and Apollo’s principals will invest indirectly in shares of Apollo Investment in an aggregate of $15 million.

 

Deal sourcing through the Apollo investment professionals’ proprietary research capability and broad network

 

Apollo Investment Management will identify potential investments both through active origination and due diligence and through its dialogue with numerous management teams, members of the financial community and potential corporate partners with whom the Apollo investment professionals have had long-term relationships. We believe that our investment adviser’s affiliation with Apollo, whose investment professionals have developed a broad network of contacts within the investment, commercial banking, private equity and investment management communities and a strong reputation in investment management, will enable us to attract well-positioned prospective portfolio companies. Additionally, Apollo Investment Management expects to generate information from the Apollo investment professionals’ network of accountants, consultants, lawyers and management teams of portfolio companies and other companies.

 

Disciplined, value-oriented investment philosophy with a focus on preservation of capital

 

In making its investment decisions, Apollo Investment Management intends to adopt the approach of the Apollo investment professionals in focusing on the risk/reward profile of each prospective portfolio company, seeking to minimize the risk of capital loss without foregoing potential for capital

 


 

30


Table of Contents

Business


 

appreciation. Apollo Investment Management intends to utilize the same value-oriented investment philosophy used by the Apollo investment professionals in Apollo’s private investment funds and will commit resources to manage downside exposure. Apollo Investment Management’s approach will seek to reduce risk in investments by:

 

Ø   focusing on companies with leading market positions and strong cash flow;

 

Ø   engaging in extensive due diligence from the perspective of a long-term investor;

 

Ø   investing at low price to cash flow multiples; and

 

Ø   adopting flexible transaction structures by drawing on the experience of the investment professionals of Apollo Investment Management and its affiliates.

 

Deep industry focus with substantial information flow

 

Apollo Investment intends to concentrate its investing activities in those strong cash-flow industries in which the Apollo investment professionals historically have had deep investment experience. Since 1990, Apollo has invested in over 150 companies in 23 industries. In the process of acquiring and monitoring its interests in these portfolio companies, the Apollo investment professionals have developed long-term relationships with management consultants and management teams in these industries, as well as substantial information concerning these industries. We expect that the in-depth coverage and experience of Apollo’s investment professionals in investing across these 23 industries throughout various stages of the economic cycle will provide Apollo Investment Management with access to ongoing market insights in addition to a powerful proprietary research and investment sourcing engine.

 

Versatile transaction structuring

 

We believe our management team’s broad expertise and its ability to draw upon Apollo’s 13 years of experience will enable Apollo Investment Management to identify, assess and structure investments successfully across all levels of a company’s capital structure and to manage potential risk and return at all stages of the economic cycle. We will not be subject to many of the regulatory limitations that govern traditional lending institutions such as banks. As a result, we expect to be flexible in selecting and structuring investments, adjusting investment criteria, transaction structures and, in some cases, the types of securities in which we invest. This approach should enable Apollo Investment Management to identify attractive investment opportunities throughout the economic cycle so that we can make investments consistent with our stated objective even during turbulent periods in the capital markets.

 

Longer investment horizon with attractive publicly traded model

 

Unlike private equity and venture capital funds, we will not be subject to standard periodic capital return requirements. Such requirements typically stipulate that these funds, together with any capital gains on such investment, can only be invested once and must be returned to investors after a pre-agreed time period. These provisions often force private equity and venture capital funds to seek returns on their investments through mergers, public equity offerings or other liquidity events more quickly than they otherwise might, potentially resulting in both a lower overall return to investors and an adverse impact on their portfolio companies. We believe that our flexibility to make investments with a long-term view and without the capital return requirements of traditional private investment vehicles will provide us with the opportunity to generate returns on invested capital.

 

OPERATING AND REGULATORY STRUCTURE

 

Our investment activities will be managed by Apollo Investment Management and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of Apollo and its affiliates. Apollo Investment

 


 

31


Table of Contents

Business


 

Management is a newly formed investment adviser that is registered under the Advisers Act. Under our investment advisory and management agreement, we have agreed to pay Apollo Investment Management an annual base management fee based on our gross assets as well as an incentive fee based on our performance. See “Management—Investment advisory and management agreement.”

 

As a business development company, we will be required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For example, we will not invest in any portfolio company in which Apollo or any of its affiliates currently has an investment. Also, while we are permitted to finance investments using debt, our ability to use debt will be limited in certain significant respects. We have not decided whether, and to what extent, we will finance investments using debt; however, we do not expect to use debt until the proceeds of this offering have been substantially invested. See “Regulation.” We intend to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or a RIC, under Subchapter M of the Code. See “Material U.S. federal income tax considerations.”

 

INVESTMENTS

 

Apollo Investment will seek to create a diversified portfolio that will include mezzanine and senior secured loans by investing approximately $25 to $75 million of capital, on average, in the securities of middle-market companies. We expect that our target portfolio over time will include both mezzanine and senior secured loans. Structurally, mezzanine loans usually rank subordinate in priority of payment to senior debt, such as senior bank debt, and is often unsecured. However, mezzanine loans rank senior to common and preferred equity in a borrowers’ capital structure. Typically, mezzanine loans have elements of both debt and equity instruments, offering the fixed returns in the form of interest payments associated with senior debt, while providing lenders an opportunity to participate in the capital appreciation of a borrower, if any, through an equity interest. This equity interest typically takes the form of warrants. Due to its higher risk profile and often less restrictive covenants as compared to senior loans, mezzanine loans generally earn a higher return than senior secured loans. The warrants associated with mezzanine loans are typically detachable, which allows lenders to receive repayment of their principal on an agreed amortization schedule while retaining their equity interest in the borrower. Mezzanine loans also may include a “put” feature, which permits the holder to sell its equity interest back to the borrower at a price determined through an agreed formula. We believe that mezzanine loans offer an alternative investment opportunity based upon their historic returns and resilience during economic downturns.

 

Initially, we expect that our portfolio will consist primarily of senior secured loans because we believe that we will be able to invest in senior secured loans more rapidly than we can invest in mezzanine loans. Over time, however, we expect that our portfolio will consist primarily of mezzanine loans. In addition to mezzanine and senior secured loans, we may invest up to 30% of our portfolio in opportunistic investments, including, but not limited to, high-yield bonds, private equity investments, distressed debt investments and securities of public companies that are not thinly traded. We expect that these public companies generally will have debt securities that are non-investment grade. We also may invest in debt securities of middle-market companies located outside of the United States.

 

Additionally, we may acquire investments in the secondary market and, in analyzing such investments, we will employ the same analytical process as we use for our primary investments.

 


 

32


Table of Contents

Business


 

Our principal focus will be to provide mezzanine and senior secured loans to middle-market companies in a variety of industries. We will generally seek to target companies that generate positive cash flows. We will generally seek to invest in companies from the broad variety of industries in which Apollo’s investment professionals have direct expertise. The following is a representative list of the industries in which Apollo has invested.

 

Ø   Auto sector

 

Ø   Building materials

 

Ø   Business services

 

Ø   Cable television

 

Ø   Chemicals

 

Ø   Communications

 

Ø   Consumer products

 

Ø   Distribution

 

Ø   Education

 

Ø   Energy/Utilities

 

Ø   Environmental services

 

Ø   Financial services

 

Ø   Food

 

Ø   Healthcare

 

Ø   Homebuilding

 

Ø   Lodging/Leisure/Resorts

 

Ø   Manufacturing/Basic industry

 

Ø   Media

 

Ø   Packaging

 

Ø   Printing and publishing

 

Ø   Restaurants

 

Ø   Retail

 

Ø   Transportation

 

We may invest in other industries if we are presented with attractive opportunities.

 

In an effort to increase our returns and the number of loans that we can make, we may in the future seek to securitize our loans. To securitize loans, we would create a wholly owned subsidiary and contribute a pool of loans to the subsidiary. We would sell interests in the subsidiary on a non-recourse basis to purchasers who we would expect to be willing to accept a lower interest rate to invest in investment-grade loan pools. We may use the proceeds of such sales to pay down bank debt or to fund additional investment.

 

We will not invest in any portfolio company in which Apollo or any affiliate currently has an investment.

 

INVESTMENT SELECTION

 

Apollo Investment Management intends to utilize the same, value oriented philosophy used by the investment professionals of Apollo in Apollo’s private investment funds and will commit resources to managing downside exposure.

 

Prospective portfolio company characteristics

 

We have identified several criteria that we believe are important in identifying and investing in prospective portfolio companies. These criteria provide general guidelines for our investment decisions; however, we caution you that not all of these criteria will be met by each prospective portfolio company in which we choose to invest. Generally, we will seek to utilize our access to information generated by Apollo’s investment professionals to identify investment candidates and to structure investments quickly and effectively.

 


 

33


Table of Contents

Business


 

Value orientation/positive cash flow

 

Our investment philosophy will place a premium on fundamental analysis from an investor’s perspective and will have a distinct value orientation. We will focus on companies in which we can invest at relatively low multiples of operating cash flow and that are profitable at the time of investment on an operating cash flow basis. Typically, we would not expect to invest in start-up companies or companies having speculative business plans.

 

Experienced management

 

We will generally require that our portfolio companies have an experienced management team. We will also require the portfolio companies to have in place proper incentives to induce management to succeed and to act in concert with our interests as investors, including having significant equity interests.

 

Strong competitive position in industry

 

We will seek to invest in target companies that have developed leading market positions within their respective markets and are well positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities. We will seek companies that demonstrate significant competitive advantages versus their competitors, which should help to protect their market position and profitability.

 

Exit strategy

 

We will seek to invest in companies that we believe will provide a steady stream of cash flow to repay our loans and reinvest in their respective businesses. We expect that such internally generated cash flow, leading to the payment of interest on, and the repayment of the principal of, our investments in portfolio companies to be a key means by which we exit from our investments over time. In addition, we will also seek to invest in companies whose business models and expected future cash flows offer attractive exit possibilities. These companies include candidates for strategic acquisition by other industry participants and companies that may repay our investments through an initial public offering of common stock or another capital market transaction.

 

Liquidation value of assets

 

The prospective liquidation value of the assets, if any, collateralizing loans in which we invest will be an important factor in our credit analysis. We will emphasize both tangible assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and real estate, and intangible assets, such as intellectual property, customer lists, networks and databases.

 

Due diligence

 

Our investment adviser will conduct diligence on prospective portfolio companies consistent with the approach adopted by the investment professionals of Apollo. The Apollo investment professionals have a reputation for conducting exhaustive due diligence investigations in their investment activities. In conducting their due diligence, the Apollo investment professionals use publicly available information as well as information from their extensive relationships with former and current management teams, consultants, competitors and investment bankers and the direct experience of the senior partners of Apollo.

 

Our due diligence will typically include:

 

Ø   review of historical and prospective financial information;

 

Ø   on-site visits;

 

Ø   interviews with management, employees, customers and vendors of the potential portfolio company;

 


 

34


Table of Contents

Business


 

Ø   review of senior loan documents;

 

Ø   background checks; and

 

Ø   research relating to the company’s management, industry, markets, products and services, and competitors.

 

Upon the completion of due diligence and a decision to proceed with an investment in a company, the principals leading the investment will present the investment opportunity to our investment adviser’s investment committee, which will determine whether to pursue the potential investment. Additional due diligence with respect to any investment may be conducted on our behalf by attorneys and independent accountants prior to the closing of the investment, as well as other outside advisers, as appropriate.

 

Investment structure

 

Once we have determined that a prospective portfolio company is suitable for investment, we will work with the management of that company and its other capital providers, including senior, junior, and equity capital providers, to structure an investment. We will negotiate among these parties to agree on how our investment is expected to perform relative to the other capital in the portfolio company’s capital structure.

 

We anticipate structuring our mezzanine investments primarily as unsecured, subordinated loans that provide for relatively high, fixed interest rates that will provide us with significant current interest income. These loans typically will have interest-only payments in the early years, with amortization of principal deferred to the later years of the mezzanine loans. In some cases, we may enter into loans that, by their terms, convert into equity or additional debt securities or defer payments of interest for the first few years after our investment. Also, in some cases our mezzanine loans will be collateralized by a subordinated lien on some or all of the assets of the borrower. Typically, our mezzanine loans will have maturities of five to ten years. We will generally target a total return of 12% to 20% for our mezzanine loan investments.

 

We also anticipate investing in portfolio companies in the form of senior secured loans. We expect these senior secured loans to have terms of three to ten years and may provide for deferred interest payments in the first few years of the term of the loan. We generally will obtain security interests in the assets of our portfolio companies that will serve as collateral in support of the repayment of these loans. This collateral may take the form of first or second priority liens on the assets of a portfolio company. We expect that the interest rate on our senior secured loans generally will range between 2% and 10% over the London Interbank Offer Rate, or LIBOR.

 

In the case of our mezzanine and senior secured loan investments, we will tailor the terms of the investment to the facts and circumstances of the transaction and the prospective portfolio company, negotiating a structure that protects our rights and manages our risk while creating incentives for the portfolio company to achieve its business plan and improve its profitability. For example, in addition to seeking a senior position in the capital structure of our portfolio companies, we will seek to limit the downside potential of our investments by:

 

Ø   requiring a total return on our investments (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that compensates us for credit risk;

 

Ø   incorporating “put” rights and call protection into the investment structure; and

 

Ø   negotiating covenants in connection with our investments that afford our portfolio companies as much flexibility in managing their businesses as possible, consistent with preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation or participation rights.

 


 

35


Table of Contents

Business


 

Our investments may include equity features, such as warrants or options to buy a minority interest in the portfolio company. Any warrants we receive with our debt securities generally will require only a nominal cost to exercise, and thus, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest. We may structure the warrants to provide provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder, as well as puts, or rights to sell such securities back to the company, upon the occurrence of specified events. In many cases, we will also obtain registration rights in connection with these equity interests, which may include demand and “piggyback” registration rights. With respect to preferred or common equity investments, we expect to target an investment return of at least 20%. However, we can offer no assurance that we can achieve such a return with respect to any investment or our portfolio as a whole.

 

We expect to hold most of our investments to maturity or repayment, but will sell our investments earlier if a liquidity event takes place, such as the sale or recapitalization of a portfolio company.

 

Managerial assistance

 

As a business development company, we will offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. We may receive fees for these services. Apollo Administration will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance.

 

Ongoing relationships with portfolio companies

 

Monitoring

 

Apollo Investment Management will monitor our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. Apollo Investment Management will monitor the financial trends of each portfolio company to determine if they are meeting their respective business plans and to assess the appropriate course of action for each company.

 

Apollo Investment Management will have several methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance and fair value of our investments, which may include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

Ø   Assessment of success in adhering to portfolio company’s business plan and compliance with covenants;

 

Ø   Periodic and regular contact with portfolio company management and, if appropriate, the financial or strategic sponsor, to discuss financial position, requirements and accomplishments;

 

Ø   Comparisons to other Apollo portfolio companies in the industry;

 

Ø   Attendance at and participation in board meetings; and

 

Ø   Review of monthly and quarterly financial statements and financial projections for portfolio companies.

 


 

36


Table of Contents

Business


 

In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, Apollo Investment Management will also use an investment rating system to characterize and monitor our expected level of returns on each investment in our portfolio. We will use an investment rating scale of 1 to 5. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:

 

Investment
Rating
   Summary Description

1    Capital gain expected
2    Full return of principal and interest or dividend expected, with portfolio company performing in accordance with its business plan
3    Full return of principal and interest or dividend expected, but portfolio company requires closer monitoring
4    Some loss of interest or dividend expected, but still expecting an overall positive internal rate of return on the investment
5    Loss of interest or dividend and some loss of principal investment expected, which would result in an overall negative internal rate of return on the investment

 

Apollo Investment Management will monitor and, when appropriate, will change the investment ratings assigned to each investment in our portfolio. In connection with our valuation process, Apollo Investment Management will review these investment ratings on a quarterly basis, and our board of directors will affirm such ratings.

 

Valuation Process

 

The following is a description of the steps we will take each quarter to determine the value of our portfolio. Investments for which market quotations are readily available will be recorded in our financial statements at such market quotations. With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors will undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

Ø   Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

Ø   Preliminary valuation conclusions will then be documented and discussed with our senior management;

 

Ø   An independent valuation firm engaged by our board of directors will review these preliminary valuations;

 

Ø   The audit committee of our board of directors will review the preliminary valuation and our investment adviser and independent valuation firm will respond and supplement the preliminary valuation to reflect any comments provided by the audit committee; and

 

Ø   The board of directors will discuss valuations and will determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of our investment adviser, independent valuation firm and audit committee.

 

COMPETITION

 

Our primary competitors to provide financing to middle-market companies will include public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. Many of our competitors are

 


 

37


Table of Contents

Business


 

substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act will impose on us as a business development company. We expect to use the industry information of Apollo’s investment professionals to which we will have access to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies. In addition, we expect that the relationships of the senior managers of Apollo Investment Management and of the senior partners of Apollo, will enable us to learn about, and compete effectively for, financing opportunities with attractive middle-market companies in the industries in which we seek to invest. For additional information concerning the competitive risks we face, see “Risk factors—Risks relating to our business and structure—We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities.”

 

STAFFING

 

We do not currently have any employees. Promptly after the completion of the offering, we expect to hire a chief financial officer and chief compliance officer (and to the extent necessary, a controller). It is likely that these individuals will be employees of Apollo Administration and will perform their respective functions under the terms of the administration agreement. Each of our executive officers described under “Management” is a managing partner of our investment adviser and an employee of Apollo Administration. Our day-to-day investment operations will be managed by our investment adviser. In the future, we expect that our investment adviser will hire additional investment professionals. See “Management—Investment advisory and management agreement.” In addition, we reimburse Apollo Administration for our allocable portion of expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. See “Management—Administration agreement.”

 

PROPERTIES

 

Our administrative offices are located at Two Manhattanville Road, Purchase, NY 10577; and our principal executive offices are located at 1301 Avenue of the Americas, 38 th Floor, New York, NY 10019. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is contemplated to be conducted.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We and Apollo Investment Management are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.

 


 

38


Table of Contents

 

Management

 

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The board of directors currently consists of six members, four of whom are not “interested persons” of Apollo Investment as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. We refer to these individuals as our independent directors. Our board of directors elects our officers, who will serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Under our charter, our directors are divided into three classes. Each class of directors will hold office for a three year term. However, the initial members of the three classes have initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at such meeting will be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

 

Directors

 

Information regarding the board of directors is as follows:

 

Name    Age    Position   

Director

Since

  

Expiration

of Term


Interested Directors

                   

Michael S. Gross

   42    President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board    2004    2007

John J. Hannan

   51    Director    2004    2006

Independent Directors

                   

Martin E. Franklin

   39    Director    2004    2005

Carl Spielvogel

   75    Director    2004    2005

Elliot Stein, Jr. 

   55    Director    2004    2007

Gerald Tsai, Jr. 

   75    Director    2004    2006

 

The address for each director is c/o Apollo Investment Corporation, 1301 Avenue of the Americas, 38 th  Floor, New York, NY 10019.

 

Executive officers who are not directors

 

Information regarding our executive officers who are not directors is as follows:

 

Name    Age    Position

Arthur H. Penn

   40    Vice President and Treasurer

Michael D. Weiner

   51    Vice President and Secretary

Chief Financial Officer (1)

      Chief Financial Officer

(1)   We expect to hire a chief financial officer promptly after the completion of this offering.

 

The address for each executive officer is c/o Apollo Investment Corporation, 1301 Avenue of the Americas, 38 th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

 


 

39


Table of Contents

Management


 

Biographical information

 

Directors

 

Our directors have been divided into two groups—interested directors and independent directors. Interested directors are interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act.

 

Independent directors

 

Martin E. Franklin (39) Director. Mr. Franklin became a director of Apollo Investment in March 2004. Mr. Franklin has served as chairman and chief executive officer of Jarden Corporation (f/k/a Alltrista Corporation) since 2001. Prior to joining Jarden Corporation, Mr. Franklin served as chairman and a director of Bollé, Inc. from 1998 to 2000. He serves as a trustee for the Jewish Theological Seminary, as the non-executive chairman to Find/SVP, Inc. and on the board of directors for Bally Total Fitness, Inc. and SC Corporation. Mr. Franklin received a B.A. in Political Science from the University of Pennsylvania.

 

Carl Spielvogel (75) Director. Mr. Spielvogel became a director of Apollo Investment in March 2004. Mr. Spielvogel served as chairman and chief executive officer for Carl Spielvogel Associates, Inc., an international management and counseling company, from 1997 to 2000 and from 2001 to present. From 2000-2001, Mr. Spielvogel served as U.S. Ambassador to the Slovak Republic, based in Bratislava, Slovakia. From 1994 to 1997 Mr. Spielvogel served as chairman and chief executive officer of United AutoGroup, Inc., an auto dealership group. Prior to that time Mr. Spielvogel served as chairman and chief executive officer of Backer Spielvogel Bates Worldwide, a global marketing communications company from 1985 to 1994. Mr. Spielvogel currently serves on several boards of directors including Hasbro, Inc., Interactive Data Corporation, Inc. and Barney’s New York, Inc. Mr. Spielvogel also serves as trustee to the Metropolitan Museum of Art, a member of the board of trustees, nominating committee and chairman of the business council for the Asia Society, a member of the board of trustees for the Lincoln Center for the Performing Arts, a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and member of the board of trustees for the Institute for the Study of Europe at Columbia University. Mr. Spielvogel received a B.B.A. degree from Baruch College of the City University.

 

Elliot Stein, Jr. (55) Director. Mr. Stein became a director of Apollo Investment in March 2004. Mr. Stein has served as chairman of Caribbean International News Corporation since 1985. He is also a managing director of Commonwealth Capital Partners as well as various private companies including VTG Holdings Inc., Cloud LLC, Bargain Shop Holdings, Inc. and Media Brands, Inc. Mr. Stein is a trustee of Claremont Graduate University and the New School University and is a member of the Board of Counselors of the Annenberg School of Communications at the University of Southern California. He is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. Mr. Stein received a B.A. degree from Claremont McKenna College.

 

Gerald Tsai, Jr. (75) Director. Mr. Tsai, a private investor, became a director of Apollo Investment in March 2004. Mr. Tsai currently serves on several boards of directors including Sequa Corporation, Zenith National Insurance Corp., Triarc Companies, Inc. and United Rentals, Inc. Previously, Mr. Tsai was chairman of the board, president and chief executive officer of Delta Life Corporation, an annuity company, from 1993 to 1997. He also joined Primerica Corporation in 1982 and served in various positions until 1988, the latest as chairman of the board and chief executive officer. Mr. Tsai currently serves as a trustee of NYU Hospitals Center, New York University School of Medicine Foundation and the Norton Museum of Art in Palm Beach, Florida. Mr. Tsai graduated from Boston University with a B.A. and M.A. in Economics.

 


 

40


Table of Contents

Management


 

Interested directors

 

Michael S. Gross (42) President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Gross became an executive officer and director of Apollo Investment in February 2004. Mr. Gross, a senior partner of Apollo with primary responsibility for its debt-oriented activities, co-founded Apollo in 1990. Mr. Gross is a managing partner of Apollo Investment Management and also has management responsibilities for other Apollo investment funds. Mr. Gross currently serves on several boards of directors including Allied Waste Industries, Inc., Pacer International, Inc., SkyTerra Communications, Inc., Saks, Inc. and United Rentals, Inc. He is a founding member, and serves on the executive committee, of the Youth Renewal Fund, is the chairman of the board of Mt. Sinai Children’s Center Foundation, serves on the Board of Trustees of the Trinity School and on the corporate advisory board of the University of Michigan Business School. Mr. Gross graduated with High Distinction, Beta Gamma Sigma, from the University of Michigan with a B.B.A. in accounting and received an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University.

 

John J. Hannan (51) Director. Mr. Hannan became a director of Apollo Investment Corporation in March 2004. Mr. Hannan, a senior partner of Apollo, co-founded Apollo Management, L.P. in 1990 and Apollo Real Estate Advisors, L.P. in 1993. Mr. Hannan serves on several boards of directors, including the supervisory Board of Buhrmann NV, and the boards of Pacer International, Inc. and Vail Resorts, Inc. Mr. Hannan received a B.B.A., Summa Cum Laude, from Adelphi University and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

 

Executive officers who are not directors

 

Arthur H. Penn (40) Vice President and Treasurer. Mr. Penn joined Apollo in April 2003 as a partner with a focus on Apollo’s debt-oriented activities. Mr. Penn is a managing partner of Apollo Investment Management and the Apollo Distressed Investment Fund, L.P. Mr. Penn served as Global Head of Leveraged Finance at UBS Warburg LLC (now UBS Securities LLC) from 1999 through 2001. While at UBS Warburg, Mr. Penn oversaw the firm’s activities in bank debt, high yield bonds, mezzanine securities and restructuring advisory and led a worldwide team of over 100 professionals. Previously, Mr. Penn was Global Head of Fixed Income Capital Markets for BT Securities and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated from 1994 to 1999. From 1992 to 1994, Mr. Penn served as Head of High Yield Capital Markets at Lehman Brothers. Mr. Penn graduated from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business with a B.S. and M.B.A. in Finance.

 

Michael D. Weiner (51) Vice President and Secretary. Mr. Weiner joined Apollo and Apollo Real Estate Advisors (an investment manager affiliated with Apollo’s real estate investment funds) in, and has served as general counsel of the Apollo organization since, 1992. Prior to joining Apollo, Mr. Weiner was a partner in the law firm of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius specializing in securities law, public and private financings and corporate and commercial transactions. Mr. Weiner serves on several boards of directors, including Meadowbrook Golf Group, Inc., Quality Distribution, Inc. and WMC Finance Co. Mr. Weiner received a B.S. degree in Business and Finance from the University of California at Berkeley and a J.D. degree from the University of Santa Clara.

 


 

41


Table of Contents

Management


 

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Audit committee

 

The members of the audit committee are Messrs. Franklin, Spielvogel, Stein and Tsai, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and The Nasdaq National Market corporate governance regulations. Mr. Franklin serves as chairman of the audit committee. The audit committee is responsible for approving our independent accountants, reviewing with our independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants, reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee is also responsible for aiding our board of directors in fair value pricing debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available. The board of directors and audit committee will utilize the services of an independent valuation firm to help them determine the fair value of these securities.

 

Nominating and corporate governance committee

 

The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Franklin, Spielvogel, Stein and Tsai, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and The Nasdaq National Market corporate governance regulations. Mr. Stein serves as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our stockholders, selecting nominees to fill vacancies on the Board or a committee of the Board, developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the Board and our management.

 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

The following table shows information regarding the compensation expected to be received by the independent directors for the calendar year ending December 31, 2004. No compensation is paid to directors who are “interested persons.”

 

Name   

Aggregate

compensation from

Apollo Investment (1)

   Pension or
retirement benefits
accrued as part of
our expenses (2)
   Total
compensation from
Apollo Investment
paid to director

Independent directors

              

Martin E. Franklin

   86,000    None    86,000

Carl Spielvogel

   78,500    None    78,500

Elliot Stein, Jr. 

   81,000    None    81,000

Gerald Tsai, Jr.

   78,500    None    78,500

Interested directors

              

Michael S. Gross

   None    None    None

John J. Hannan

   None    None    None

Officers

              

Arthur H. Penn

   None    None    None

Michael D. Weiner

   None    None    None

Chief Financial Officer(3)

        

(1)   We are newly organized, and the amounts listed are estimated for the year 2004. For a discussion of the independent directors’ compensation, see below.
(2)   We do not have a profit sharing or retirement plan, and directors do not receive any pension or retirement benefits.
(3)   We expect to hire a chief financial officer promptly after the completion of this offering whose compensation will be paid by Apollo Administration, subject to reimbursement by Apollo Investment of an allocable portion of such compensation. For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2004, we estimate that the amount of such reimbursement will be approximately $            .

 


 

42


Table of Contents

Management


 

The independent directors will receive an annual fee of $75,000. They will also receive $2,500 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each board meeting and will receive $1,000 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each committee meeting. In addition, the Chairman of the Audit Committee will receive an annual fee of $7,500 and each chairman of any other committee will receive an annual fee of $2,500 for their additional services in these capacities. In addition, we will purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers. Independent directors will have the option to receive their directors’ fees paid in shares of our common stock issued at a price per share equal to the greater of net asset value or the market price at the time of payment.

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

Management services

 

Apollo Investment Management will serve as our investment adviser. Apollo Investment Management is a newly formed investment adviser that is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, the investment adviser will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory and management services to, Apollo Investment. Under the terms of an investment advisory and management agreement, Apollo Investment Management will:

 

Ø   determine the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;

 

Ø   identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies); and

 

Ø   close and monitor the investments we make.

 

Apollo Investment Management’s services under the investment advisory and management agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to us are not impaired.

 

About Apollo

 

Founded in 1990 by Leon Black, Michael Gross, John Hannan and three other co-founders, Apollo is a recognized leader in private equity investing, having invested more than $10.6 billion in over 150 companies since its founding. Since its inception, Apollo has raised $13.2 billion in capital, primarily from institutional investors and six private investment funds. Apollo traditionally has focused on companies that it believes are undervalued yet have successful business models, strong cash flows and prospects for value creation. The Apollo investment professionals’ disciplined, value-oriented strategy has sought to identify opportunities in all investment environments, selecting from a range of approaches, such as corporate partner or traditional buyouts, distressed debt buyouts or more liquid, non-control distressed debt investments. The Apollo investment professionals have sought through this strategy to provide investors with attractive returns while minimizing the risk of capital loss throughout economic cycles. Apollo actively manages its portfolio companies which, since 1990, have raised more than $80 billion in senior secured loans and more than $25 billion in high-yield bonds, including subordinated debt.

 

Apollo’s active private investment funds focus on making either control-oriented equity investments of $100 million or more or distressed debt investments, either for control or non-control positions. In contrast, Apollo Investment will seek to capitalize on the significant investment opportunities emerging

 


 

43


Table of Contents

Management


 

in the mezzanine segment of the lending market for middle-market companies, which it believes offer the potential for attractive risk-adjusted returns. Apollo Investment is currently the only Apollo-related investment vehicle focused primarily on investing in mezzanine and senior secured loans of middle- market companies, and currently the only publicly traded investment vehicle managed by an affiliate of Apollo.

 

In addition to managing our investments, investment professionals of our investment adviser also manage or have managed the following other Apollo investment entities, none of which is currently soliciting new investors:

 

Fund Name (1)    Investment
Focus
  Established   

Committed

Capital (2)

   Status

              (in billions)     
Managed Institutional Investment Accounts (3)    Private Equity/
Distressed Debt
  1990-2    $2.8    Fully invested and realized
Apollo Investment Fund    Private Equity   1990      0.4    Fully invested, substantially
realized
AIF II    Private Equity   1992      0.5    Fully invested and realized
Apollo Investment Fund III    Private Equity   1995      1.5    Fully invested, partially
realized
Apollo Investment Fund IV    Private Equity   1998      3.6    Fully invested, partially
realized
Apollo Investment Fund V    Private Equity   2001      3.7    Actively investing

(1)   The investment professionals of Apollo also manage a private investment fund that invests in distressed debt.
(2)   Represents capital commitments at inception for each fund.
(3)   Represents institutional managed account principally invested in a distressed high-yield portfolio.

 

Management fee

 

Pursuant to the investment advisory and management agreement, we will pay Apollo Investment Management a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components—a base management fee and an incentive fee.

 

The base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 2.00% of our gross assets. For services rendered under the investment advisory and management agreement during the period commencing from the closing of this offering through and including the first six months of operations, the base management fee will be payable monthly in arrears. For services rendered under the investment advisory and management agreement after that time, the base management fee will be payable quarterly in arrears. For the first quarter of our operations, the base management fee will be calculated based on the initial value of our gross assets. Subsequently, the base management fee will be calculated based on the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter. Base management fees for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro rated.

 

The incentive fee will have two parts, as follows: One part will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Administration

 


 

44


Table of Contents

Management


 

Agreement, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will be compared to a “hurdle rate” of 1.75% per quarter (7% annualized). Our net investment income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 2% base management fee. We will pay Apollo Investment Management an incentive fee with respect to our pre-incentive fee net investment income in each calendar quarter as follows:

 

Ø   no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate;

 

Ø   100% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized); and

 

Ø   20% of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized).

 

These calculations will be appropriately pro rated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.

 

The second part of the incentive fee will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment advisory and management agreement, as of the termination date), commencing on December 31, 2004, and will equal 20.0% of our realized capital gains for the calendar year, if any, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation at the end of such year; provided that the incentive fee determined as of December 31, 2004 will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for the period ending December 31, 2004.

 

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation

 

Example 1: Income Related Portion of Incentive Fee (*):

 

Alternative 1

 

Assumptions

 

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%

Hurdle rate(1) = 1.75%

Management fee(2) = 0.50%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.20%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 0.55%

 

Pre-incentive net investment income does not exceed hurdle rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.

 


 

45


Table of Contents

Management


 

Alternative 2

 

Assumptions

 

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.70%

Hurdle rate(1) = 1.75%

Management fee(2) = 0.50%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.20%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.00%

 

Incentive fee = 20% x pre-incentive fee net investment income, subject to “catch-up”

= 2.00% – 1.75%

= 0.25%

= 100% x 0.25%

= 0.25%

 

Alternative 3

 

Assumptions

 

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.00%

Hurdle rate(1) = 1.75%

Management fee(2) = 0.50%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.20%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.30%

 

Incentive fee = 20% x pre-incentive fee net investment income, subject to “catch-up”

Incentive fee = 100% x “catch-up” + (20% x (pre-incentive fee net investment income – 2.1875%))

 

Catch-up = 2.1875% – 1.75%

= 0.4375%

= (100% x 0.4375%) + (20% x (2.3% – 2.1875%))

=0.4375% + (20% x 0.1125%)

= 0.4375% + 0.225%

= 0.46%

 
  (1)   Represents 7.0% annualized hurdle rate.
  (2)   Represents 2.0% annualized management fee.
  (3)   Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

 

Example 2: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee (*):

 

Assumptions

 

Year 1 = no net realized capital gains or losses

Year 2 = 6% net realized capital gains and 1% realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation

 

Capital gain incentive fee = 20% x (realized capital gains for year computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation at year end)

 


 

46


Table of Contents

Management

 

Year 1 incentive fee = 20% x (0)

= 0

= no incentive fee

 

Year 2 incentive fee = 20% x (6% – 1%)

= 20% x 5%

= 1%

 
  (*)   The hypothetical amount of pre-incentive fee net investment income shown is based on a percentage of total net assets.  

 

Payment of our expenses

 

All investment professionals of the investment adviser and their respective staffs when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by Apollo Investment Management. We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including those relating to: organization and offering; calculation of our net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm); expenses incurred by Apollo Investment Management payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring our financial and legal affairs and in monitoring our investments and performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies; interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments; offerings of our common stock and other securities; investment advisory and management fees; fees payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments; transfer agent and custodial fees; registration fees; listing fees; taxes; independent directors’ fees and expenses; costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents of the SEC; the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs; our allocable portion of the fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; direct costs and expenses of administration, including auditor and legal costs; and all other expenses incurred by us or Apollo Administration in connection with administering our business, such as our allocable portion of overhead under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs.

 

Duration and termination

 

The investment advisory and management agreement was approved by our board of directors on March 8, 2004. Unless terminated earlier as described below, it will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date. It will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not interested persons. The investment advisory and management agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The investment advisory and management agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not more than 60 days’ written notice to the other. See “Risk factors—Risks relating to our business and structure—We are dependent upon Apollo Investment Management’s key personnel for our future success and upon their access to Apollo’s investment professionals and partners.”

 

Indemnification

 

The investment advisory and management agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Apollo Investment Management and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees,

 

 

47


Table of Contents

Management


 

controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from Apollo Investment for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Apollo Investment Management’s services under the investment advisory and management agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of Apollo Investment.

 

Organization of the investment adviser

 

Apollo Investment Management is a newly formed Delaware limited partnership that is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The principal executive offices of Apollo Investment Management are 1301 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10019.

 

Board approval of the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement

 

Our board of directors determined at a meeting held on March 8, 2004, to approve the investment advisory and management agreement. In its consideration of the investment advisory and management agreement, the board of directors focused on information it had received relating to, among other things: (a) the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by the investment adviser; (b) comparative data with respect to advisory fees or similar expenses paid by other business development companies with similar investment objectives; (c) our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to business development companies with similar investment objectives; (d) any existing and potential sources of indirect income to the investment adviser or Apollo Administration from their relationships with us and the profitability of those relationships; (e) information about the services to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the investment advisory and management agreement; (f) the organizational capability and financial condition of the investment adviser and its affiliates; (g) the investment adviser’s practices regarding the selection and compensation of brokers that may execute our portfolio transactions and the brokers’ provision of brokerage and research services to the investment adviser; and (h) the possibility of obtaining similar services from other third party service providers or through an internally managed structure.

 

Based on the information reviewed and the discussions, the board of directors, including a majority of the non-interested directors, concluded that the investment advisory and management fee rates were reasonable in relation to the services to be provided.

 

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to a separate administration agreement, Apollo Administration will furnish us with office facilities, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities. Under the administration agreement, Apollo Administration also will perform, or oversee the performance of, our required administrative services, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, Apollo Administration will assist us in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversee the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally oversee the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Payments under the administration agreement will be equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion of Apollo Administration’s overhead in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs. Under the administration agreement, Apollo Administration will also provide on our behalf managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which we are required to provide such

 


 

48


Table of Contents

Management


 

assistance. The administration agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party.

 

Indemnification

 

The administration agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Apollo Administration and its officers, manager, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from Apollo Investment for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Apollo Administration’s services under the administration agreement or otherwise as administrator for Apollo Investment.

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

We have entered into a license agreement with Apollo pursuant to which Apollo has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Apollo.” Under this agreement, we will have a right to use the Apollo name, for so long as Apollo Investment Management or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we will have no legal right to the “Apollo” name. This license agreement will remain in effect for so long as the investment advisory and management agreement with our investment adviser is in effect.

 


 

49


Table of Contents

 

Certain relationships

 

We have entered into the investment advisory and management agreement with Apollo Investment Management, in which our senior management and our chairman of the board has ownership and financial interests. Our senior management also serve as principals of other investment managers affiliated with Apollo Investment Management that may in the future manage investment funds with investment objectives similar to ours. In addition, our executive officers and directors and the partners of our investment adviser, Apollo Investment Management, serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or related line of business as we do or of investment funds managed by our affiliates. Accordingly, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by investment funds managed by advisers affiliated with Apollo Investment Management. However, our investment adviser and other members of Apollo intend to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner consistent with our investment objectives and strategies so that we are not disadvantaged in relation to any other client. See “Risk Factors—Risks relating to our business and structure—There are significant potential conflicts of interest which could impact our investment returns.”

 

We have entered into a license agreement with Apollo, pursuant to which Apollo has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Apollo.” In addition, pursuant to the terms of the administration agreement, Apollo Administration provides us with the office facilities and administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations. Apollo Investment Management, our investment adviser, is the sole member of and controls Apollo Administration.

 

Apollo Investment Fund IV, LP (together with Apollo Overseas Partners IV, LP, an entity formed to co-invest with Apollo Investment Fund IV, LP), a private fund managed by an investment manager affiliated with Apollo Investment Management, owns approximately 14% of the outstanding common stock (on a fully diluted basis) of United Rentals, Inc. Michael S. Gross, our president, chief executive officer, chairman of the board and a managing partner of Apollo Investment Management, and Gerald Tsai Jr., one of our independent directors, are members of the board of directors of United Rentals, Inc.

 

We will not invest in any portfolio company in which Apollo or any affiliate currently has an investment.

 


 

50


Table of Contents

 

Control persons and principal stockholders

 

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, there will be 100 shares of common stock outstanding and one stockholder of record. At that time, we will have no other shares of capital stock outstanding. The following table sets forth certain ownership information with respect to our common stock for those persons who directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote, 5% or more of our outstanding common stock and all officers and directors, as a group.

 

          Percentage of common stock outstanding

          Immediately
prior to this
offering


    Immediately
after this
offering (1)


Name and address    Type of ownership    Shares
owned
   Percentage     Shares
owned
   Percentage

Apollo Investment Management

   Record and beneficial    100    100.0 %            %

All officers and directors as a group (8 persons)(2)

   Record and beneficial    None    0.0 %        *  %

*   Represents less than     %.
(1)   Assumes issuance of 50,000,000 shares offered hereby. Does not reflect shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
(2)   The address for all officers and directors is c/o Apollo Investment Corporation, 1301 Avenue of the Americas, 38 th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

 

The following table sets forth the dollar range of our equity securities beneficially owned by each of our directors. We are not part of a “family of investment companies,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

 

Name of Director    Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in Apollo
Investment (1)

Independent Directors

    

Martin E. Franklin

    

Carl Spielvogel

    

Elliot Stein, Jr. 

    

Gerald Tsai, Jr. 

    

Interested Directors

    

Michael S. Gross

    

John J. Hannan

    

(1)   Dollar ranges are as follows: none, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, or over $100,000.

 


 

51


Table of Contents

 

Determination of net asset value

 

The net asset value per share of our outstanding shares of common stock will be determined quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares outstanding.

 

In calculating the value of our total assets, we will value investments for which market quotations are readily available at such market quotations. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market price is not readily available will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. As a general rule, we will not value our loans or debt securities above cost, but loans and debt securities will be subject to fair value write-downs when the asset is considered impaired. With respect to private equity securities, each investment will be valued using comparisons of financial ratios of the portfolio companies that issued such private equity securities to peer companies that are public. The value will then be discounted to reflect the illiquid nature of the investment, as well as our minority, non-control position. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we will use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our private equity valuation. Because we expect that there will not be a readily available market value for most of the investments in our portfolio, we expect to value substantially all of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board under a valuation policy and a consistently applied valuation process. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

 

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors will undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

Ø   Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment.

 

Ø   Preliminary valuation conclusions will then be documented and discussed with our senior management.

 

Ø   An independent valuation firm engaged by our board of directors will review these preliminary valuations.

 

Ø   The audit committee of our board of directors will comment on the preliminary valuation and our investment adviser and independent valuation firm will respond and supplement the preliminary valuation based upon those comments.

 

Ø   The board of directors will discuss valuations and will determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of our investment adviser, independent valuation firm and audit committee.

 

The types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors.

 

Determination of fair values involves subjective judgments and estimates not susceptible to substantiation by auditing procedures. Accordingly, under current auditing standards, the notes to our financial statements will refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on our financial statements.

 


 

52


Table of Contents

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of our distributions on behalf of our stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash as provided below. As a result, if our board of directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend, then our stockholders who have not ‘opted out’ of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash dividends.

 

No action is required on the part of a registered stockholder to have their cash dividend reinvested in shares of our common stock. A registered stockholder may elect to receive an entire dividend in cash by notifying American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, the plan administrator and our transfer agent and registrar, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than the record date for dividends to stockholders. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder who has not elected to receive dividends in cash and hold such shares in non-certificated form. Upon request by a stockholder participating in the plan, received in writing not less than 10 days prior to the record date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to the participant’s account, issue a certificate registered in the participant’s name for the number of whole shares of our common stock and a check for any fractional share.

 

Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary may receive dividends in cash by notifying their broker or other financial intermediary of their election.

 

We intend to use primarily newly issued shares to implement the plan, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to net asset value. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the plan. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to such stockholder by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of regular trading on The Nasdaq National Market on the valuation date for such dividend. Market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on The Nasdaq National Market or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their reported bid and asked prices. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the dividend cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated.

 

There will be no brokerage charges or other charges to stockholders who participate in the plan. The plan administrator’s fees under the plan will be paid by us. If a participant elects by written notice to the plan administrator to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $15 transaction fee plus a 10¢ per share brokerage commissions from the proceeds.

 

Stockholders who receive dividends in the form of stock are subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their dividends in cash. A stockholder’s basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a dividend from us will be equal to the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to the stockholder. Any stock received in a dividend will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.

 

Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the plan administrator via its website at www.amstock.com, by filling out the transaction request form located at bottom of their

 


 

53


Table of Contents

Dividend reinvestment plan


 

statement and sending it to the plan administrator at P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, NY, NY 10269-0560 or by calling the plan administrator’s Interactive Voice Response System at 1-888-777-0324.

 

The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend by us. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, 59 Maiden Lane, New York, NY 10007 or by telephone at (718) 921-8200.

 


 

54


Table of Contents

 

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations

 

The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in our shares. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to such an investment. For example, we have not described tax consequences that we assume to be generally known by investors or certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, and financial institutions. This summary assumes that investors hold our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service regarding this offering. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

 

A “U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

Ø   a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

 

Ø   a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia; or

 

Ø   a trust or an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

 

A “Non-U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is not a U.S. stockholder.

 

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective stockholder that is a partner of a partnership holding shares of our common stock should consult its tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

 

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our shares will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.

 

ELECTION TO BE TAXED AS A RIC

 

As a business development company, we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90%

 


 

55


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations


 

of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).

 

TAXATION AS A RIC

 

If we:

 

Ø   qualify as a RIC; and

 

Ø   satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement;

 

then we will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain ( i.e. , net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses) we distribute to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gain not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.

 

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on certain undistributed income of RICs unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, in preceding years (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). We currently intend to make sufficient distributions each taxable year to satisfy the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.

 

In order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

 

Ø   qualify to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;

 

Ø   derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities (the “90% Income Test”); and

 

Ø   diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

 

  Ø   at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and

 

  Ø   no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer or of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses (the “Diversification Tests”).

 

We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. Because any original issue discount accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount.

 


 

56


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations


 

Gain or loss realized by us from warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term or short-term, depending on how long we held a particular warrant.

 

Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy distribution requirements. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “Regulation—Senior securities.” Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

 

If we fail to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement or otherwise fail to qualify as a RIC in any taxable year, we will be subject to tax in that year on all of our taxable income, regardless of whether we make any distributions to our stockholders. In that case, all of our income will be subject to corporate-level federal income tax, reducing the amount available to be distributed to our stockholders. In contrast, assuming we qualify as a RIC, our corporate-level federal income tax should be substantially reduced or eliminated. See “Election to be taxed as a RIC” above.

 

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we qualify as a RIC and have satisfied the Annual Distribution Requirement.

 

TAXATION OF U.S. STOCKHOLDERS

 

Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our ordinary income plus realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. To the extent such distributions paid by us to non-corporate stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such distributions generally will be eligible for a maximum tax rate of 15%. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us will generally not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the 15% maximum rate. Distributions of our net capital gains (which is generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly designated by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gains at a maximum rate of 15% in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. stockholder.

 

Although we currently intend to distribute any long-term capital gains at least annually, we may in the future decide to retain some or all of our long-term capital gains, but designate the retained amount as a

 


 

57


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations


 

“deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include his, her or its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s tax basis for his, her or its common stock. Since we expect to pay tax on any retained capital gains at our regular corporate tax rate, and since that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by individuals on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that individual stockholders will be treated as having paid and for which they will receive a credit will exceed the tax they owe on the retained net capital gain. Such excess generally may be claimed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s other federal income tax obligations or may be refunded to the extent it exceeds a stockholder’s liability for federal income tax. A stockholder that is not subject to federal income tax or otherwise required to file a federal income tax return would be required to file a federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes we paid. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”

 

For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

 

If an investor purchases shares of our common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though it represents a return of his, her or its investment.

 

A stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its shares of our common stock. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as capital gain or loss if the stockholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one year. Otherwise, it would be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition.

 

In general, individual U.S. stockholders currently are subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 15% on their net capital gain, i.e., the excess of realized net long-term capital gain over realized net short-term capital loss for a taxable year, including a long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 35% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate stockholders with net capital losses for a year (i.e., capital losses in excess of capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate stockholder in

 


 

58


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations


 

excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carryback such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

 

We will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice detailing, on a per share and per distribution basis, the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the Internal Revenue Service (including the amount of dividends, if any, eligible for the 15% maximum rate). Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation. Dividends distributed by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the preferential rate applicable to qualifying dividends.

 

We may be required to withhold federal income tax (“backup withholding”) currently at a rate of 28% from all taxable distributions to any non-corporate U.S. stockholder (1) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding, or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s federal income tax liability and may entitle such stockholder to a refund, provided that proper information is timely provided to the IRS.

 

TAXATION OF NON-U.S. STOCKHOLDERS

 

Whether an investment in the shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares by a Non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisers before investing in our common stock.

 

Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to Non-U.S. stockholders (including interest income and net short-term capital gain, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. stockholders directly) will be subject to withholding of federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder, and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, in which case the distributions will be subject to federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. In that case, we will not be required to withhold federal tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors.

 

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, will not be subject to federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. stockholder in the United States.

 

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions (which we may do in the future), a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a federal income tax credit or tax refund

 


 

59


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations


 

equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a federal income tax return. For a corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of our common stock that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty). Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder.

 

A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of federal income tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

 

Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares.

 

FAILURE TO QUALIFY AS A RIC

 

If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions would generally be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income eligible for the 15% maximum rate to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributees would be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain.

 


 

60


Table of Contents

 

Description of our capital stock

 

The following description is based on relevant portions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and on our charter and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

Our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which is initially designated as common stock. There is currently no market for our common stock, and we can offer no assurances that a market for our shares will develop in the future. We have applied to have our common stock quoted on The Nasdaq National Market under the ticker symbol “AINV”. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Maryland law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.

 

Under our charter, our board of directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock and authorize the issuance of shares of stock without obtaining stockholder approval. As permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, our charter provides that the board of directors, without any action by our stockholders, may amend the charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue.

 

Common stock

 

All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, dividends and voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of funds legally available therefor. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Apollo Investment, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock can elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will be unable to elect any director.

 

Preferred stock

 

Our charter authorizes our board of directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock, including preferred stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of directors is required by Maryland law and by our charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions

 


 

61


Table of Contents

Description of our capital stock


 

which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any issuance of preferred stock must comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would vote separately from the holders of common stock on a proposal to cease operations as a business development company. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions.

 

LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS; INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

 

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Our charter authorizes us and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her status as a present or former director or officer and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of us in any of the capacities described above and any of our employees or agents or any employees or agents of our predecessor. In accordance with the 1940 Act, we will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

 

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under

 


 

62


Table of Contents

Description of our capital stock


 

Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

 

PROVISIONS OF THE MARYLAND GENERAL CORPORATION LAW AND OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

 

The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquiror to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.

 

Classified board of directors

 

Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. The initial terms of the first, second and third classes will expire in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Beginning in 2005, upon expiration of their current terms, directors of each class will be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their successors are duly elected and qualify and each year one class of directors will be elected by the stockholders. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors will help to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.

 

Election of directors

 

Our charter and bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors will be required to elect a director. Pursuant to the charter, our board of directors may amend the bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.

 

Number of directors; vacancies; removal

 

Our charter provides that the number of directors will be set only by the board of directors in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than four nor more than eight. Our charter provides that, at such time as we have three independent directors and our common stock is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), we elect to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the Maryland General Corporation Law regarding the filling of vacancies on the board of directors. Accordingly, at such time, except as may be provided by the board of directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any and all vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.

 


 

63


Table of Contents

Description of our capital stock


 

Our charter provides that a director may be removed only for cause, as defined in our charter, and then only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors.

 

Action by stockholders

 

Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. These provisions, combined with the requirements of our bylaws regarding the calling of a stockholder-requested special meeting of stockholders discussed below, may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.

 

Advance notice provisions for stockholder nominations and stockholder proposals

 

Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by the board of directors or (3) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors at a special meeting may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by the board of directors or (3) provided that the board of directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.

 

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

 

Calling of special meetings of stockholders

 

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by our board of directors and certain of our officers. Additionally, our bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the stockholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of stockholders will be called by the secretary of the corporation upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.

 

Approval of extraordinary corporate action; amendment of charter and bylaws

 

Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business, unless approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, a Maryland corporation may

 


 

64


Table of Contents

Description of our capital stock


 

provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our charter generally provides for approval of charter amendments and extraordinary transactions by the stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our charter also provides that certain charter amendments and any proposal for our conversion, whether by merger or otherwise, from a closed-end company to an open-end company or any proposal for our liquidation or dissolution requires the approval of the stockholders entitled to cast at least 80 percent of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter. However, if such amendment or proposal is approved by at least two-thirds of our continuing directors (in addition to approval by our board of directors), such amendment or proposal may be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such a matter. The “continuing directors” are defined in our charter as our current directors as well as those directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of the continuing directors then on the board of directors.

 

Our charter and bylaws provide that the board of directors will have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws and to make new bylaws.

 

No appraisal rights

 

Except with respect to appraisal rights arising in connection with the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act discussed below, as permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, our charter provides that stockholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights.

 

Control share acquisitions

 

The Control Share Acquisition Act provides that control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Shares owned by the acquiror, by officers or by directors who are employees of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquiror or in respect of which the acquiror is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquiror to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

 

Ø   one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

Ø   one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

Ø   a majority or more of all voting power.

 

The requisite stockholder approval must be obtained each time an acquiror crosses one of the thresholds of voting power set forth above. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

 

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

 

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may repurchase for fair value any or all

 


 

65


Table of Contents

Description of our capital stock


 

of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to repurchase control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations, including, as provided in our bylaws, compliance with the 1940 Act. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquiror or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquiror becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquiror in the control share acquisition.

 

The Control Share Acquisition Act does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.

 

Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Acquisition Act any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares of stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future. However, we will amend our bylaws to be subject to the Control Share Acquisition Act only if the board of directors determines that it would be in our best interests based on our determination that our being subject to the Control Share Acquisition Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act.

 

Business combinations

 

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:

 

Ø   any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s shares; or

 

Ø   an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

 

A person is not an interested stockholder under this statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which he otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

 

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

Ø   80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

Ø   two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

 


 

66


Table of Contents

Description of our capital stock


 

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

 

The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of directors before the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Our board of directors has adopted a resolution that any business combination between us and any other person is exempted from the provisions of the Business Combination Act, provided that the business combination is first approved by the board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act. This resolution, however, may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time. If this resolution is repealed, or the board of directors does not otherwise approve a business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

 

Conflict with 1940 Act

 

Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, including the Control Share Acquisition Act (if we amend our bylaws to be subject to such Act) and the Business Combination Act, or any provision of our charter or bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

 

Regulation

 

We are a business development company under the 1940 Act and intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between business development companies and their affiliates (including any investment advisers or sub-advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a business development company unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

 

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investment. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances. We also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any registered investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses. None of these policies are fundamental and may be changed without stockholder approval.

 


 

67


Table of Contents

Regulation


 

QUALIFYING ASSETS

 

Under the 1940 Act, a business development company may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our proposed business are the following:

 

  (1)   Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

 

  (a)   is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

  (b)   is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the business development company) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

  (c)   satisfies any of the following:

 

  Ø   does not have any class of securities with respect to which a broker or dealer may extend margin credit;

 

  Ø   is controlled by a business development company or a group of companies including a business development company and the business development company has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company; or

 

  Ø   is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2 million.

 

  (2)   Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.

 

  (3)   Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

  (4)   Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

 

  (5)   Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

  (6)   Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

 

MANAGERIAL ASSISTANCE TO PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

 

In addition, a business development company must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the business development company must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and

 


 

68


Table of Contents

Regulation


 

solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where the business development company purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the business development company, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

 

TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS

 

Pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, provided that such agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price which is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the Diversification Tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes. Thus, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Our investment adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

 

SENIOR SECURITIES

 

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk factors—Risks relating to our business and structure—Regulations governing our operation as a business development company will affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital.”

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

We and Apollo Investment Management have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to each code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. For information on how to obtain a copy of each code of ethics, see “Available Information.”

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

SEC registered advisers that have the authority to vote (client) proxies (which authority may be implied from a general grant of investment discretion) are required to adopt policies and procedures reasonably

 


 

69


Table of Contents

Regulation


 

designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interests of its clients. Registered advisers also must maintain certain records on proxy voting. In most cases, Apollo Investment will invest in securities that do not generally entitle it to voting rights in its portfolio companies. When Apollo Investment does have voting rights, it will delegate the exercise of such rights to Apollo Investment Management. Apollo Investment Management’s proxy voting policies and procedures are summarized below:

 

In determining how to vote, officers of our investment adviser will consult with each other and other investment professionals of Apollo, taking into account the interests of Apollo Investment and its investors as well as any potential conflicts of interest. Our investment adviser will consult with legal counsel to identify potential conflicts of interest. Where a potential conflict of interest exists, our investment adviser may, if it so elects, resolve it by following the recommendation of a disinterested third party, by seeking the direction of the independent directors of Apollo Investment or, in extreme cases, by abstaining from voting. While our investment adviser may retain an outside service to provide voting recommendations and to assist in analyzing votes, our investment adviser will not delegate its voting authority to any third party.

 

An officer of Apollo Investment Management will keep a written record of how all such proxies are voted. Our investment adviser will retain records of (1) proxy voting policies and procedures, (2) all proxy statements received (or it may rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC’s EDGAR system in lieu thereof), (3) all votes cast, (4) investor requests for voting information, and (5) any specific documents prepared or received in connection with a decision on a proxy vote. If it uses an outside service, our investment adviser may rely on such service to maintain copies of proxy statements and records, so long as such service will provide a copy of such documents promptly upon request.

 

Our investment adviser’s proxy voting policies are not exhaustive and are designed to be responsive to the wide range of issues that may be subject to a proxy vote. In general, our investment adviser will vote our proxies in accordance with these guidelines unless: (1) it has determined otherwise due to the specific and unusual facts and circumstances with respect to a particular vote, (2) the subject matter of the vote is not covered by these guidelines, (3) a material conflict of interest is present, or (4) we find it necessary to vote contrary to our general guidelines to maximize shareholder value or the best interests of Apollo Investment. In reviewing proxy issues, our investment adviser generally will use the following guidelines:

 

Elections of Directors: In general, our investment adviser will vote in favor of the management-proposed slate of directors. If there is a proxy fight for seats on a portfolio company’s board of directors, or our investment adviser determines that there are other compelling reasons for withholding our vote, it will determine the appropriate vote on the matter. We may withhold votes for directors that fail to act on key issues, such as failure to: (1) implement proposals to declassify a board, (2) implement a majority vote requirement, (3) submit a rights plan to a shareholder vote or (4) act on tender offers where a majority of shareholders have tendered their shares. Finally, our investment adviser may withhold votes for directors of non-U.S. issuers where there is insufficient information about the nominees disclosed in the proxy statement.

 

Appointment of Auditors: We believe that a portfolio company remains in the best position to choose its independent auditors and our investment adviser will generally support management’s recommendation in this regard.

 

Changes in Capital Structure: Changes in a portfolio company’s charter or bylaws may be required by state or federal regulation. In general, our investment adviser will cast our votes in accordance with the management on such proposals. However, our investment adviser will consider carefully any proposal regarding a change in corporate structure that is not required by state or federal regulation.

 


 

70


Table of Contents

Regulation


 

Corporate Restructurings, Mergers and Acquisitions: We believe proxy votes dealing with corporate reorganizations are an extension of the investment decision. Accordingly, our investment adviser will analyze such proposals on a case-by-case basis and vote in accordance with its perception of our interests.

 

Proposals Affecting Shareholder Rights: We will generally vote in favor of proposals that give shareholders a greater voice in the affairs of a portfolio company and oppose any measure that seeks to limit such rights. However, when analyzing such proposals, our investment adviser will balance the financial impact of the proposal against any impairment of shareholder rights as well as of our investment in the portfolio company.

 

Corporate Governance: We recognize the importance of good corporate governance. Accordingly, our investment adviser will generally favor proposals that promote transparency and accountability within a portfolio company.

 

Anti-Takeover Measures: Our investment adviser will evaluate, on a case-by-case basis, any proposals regarding anti-takeover measures to determine the measure’s likely effect on shareholder value dilution.

 

Stock Splits: Our investment adviser will generally vote with management on stock split matters.

 

Limited Liability of Directors: Our investment adviser will generally vote with management on matters that could adversely affect the limited liability of directors.

 

Social and Corporate Responsibility: Our investment adviser will review proposals related to social, political and environmental issues to determine whether they may adversely affect shareholder value. Our investment adviser may abstain from voting on such proposals where they do not have a readily determinable financial impact on shareholder value.

 

OTHER

 

We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC.

 

We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act.

 

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a business development company, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to Apollo Investment or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

 

We and Apollo Investment Management will each be required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation, and, beginning no later than October 2004, designate a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

 


 

71


Table of Contents

Regulation


 

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and The Nasdaq National Market Corporate Governance Regulations

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 imposes a wide variety of new regulatory requirements on publicly-held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements will affect us. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act has required us to review our policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the new regulations promulgated thereunder. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all future regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

 

In addition, The Nasdaq National Market has adopted or is in the process of adopting corporate governance changes to its listing standards. We believe we are in compliance with such corporate governance listing standards. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all future listing standards and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

 


 

72


Table of Contents

 

Shares eligible for future sale

 

Upon completion of this offering, 50,000,100 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, based on the number of shares outstanding on                     , 2004, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares, 50,000,000 shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or limitation under the Securities Act, less that number of shares purchased by our affiliates. Any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates will be subject to the public information, manner of sale and volume limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 


 

73


Table of Contents

 

Custodian, transfer and dividend paying agent and registrar

 

Our securities are held under a custody agreement by JPMorgan Chase Bank. The address of the custodian is: 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017. American Stock Transfer and Trust Company will act as our transfer agent, dividend paying agent and registrar. The principal business address of American Stock Transfer and Trust Company is 59 Maiden Lane, New York, NY 10007, telephone number: (718) 921-8200.

 


 

74


Table of Contents

 

Brokerage allocation and other practices

 

Since we will generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, we will infrequently use brokers in the normal course of our business. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, the investment adviser will be primarily responsible for the execution of the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. The investment adviser does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but will seek to obtain the best net results for Apollo Investment, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While the investment adviser generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs, Apollo Investment will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, the investment adviser may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to the investment adviser and Apollo Investment and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if the investment adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

 


 

75


Table of Contents

 

Underwriting

 

We are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Underwriters   

Number of

shares


UBS Securities LLC

    

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 

    

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 

    

Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC 

    

Banc of America Securities LLC 

    

Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated

    

RBC Capital Markets Corporation

    
    

Total

   50,000,000
    

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

Our common stock is offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

Ø   receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters; and

 

Ø   the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

 

In connection with this offering, some of the underwriters and securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

 

OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION

 

We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of 7,500,000 additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

 

COMMISSIONS AND DISCOUNTS

 

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $              per share from the initial public offering price. Any of these securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein, and, as a result, will thereafter bear any risk associated with changing the offering price to the public or other selling terms. The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect discretionary sales to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock to be offered.

 


 

76


Table of Contents

Underwriting


 

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase up to an additional 7,500,000 shares.

 

     No exercise    Full exercise

Per share 

   $ 0.9375    $ 0.9375

Total

   $ 46,875,000    $ 53,906,250

 

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, not including underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $1,305,000.

 

NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES

 

We, our executive officers and directors, Apollo Investment Management and the partners and officers of Apollo Investment Management (and any entities through which such partners and officers may invest in our shares) have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we, Apollo Investment Management and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or hedge our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. At any time and without public notice, UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., may, in their sole discretion, release all or some of the securities from these lock-up agreements.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

 

THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET QUOTATION

 

We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “AINV.”

 

PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, including:

 

Ø   stabilizing transactions;

 

Ø   short sales;

 

Ø   purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

 

Ø   imposition of penalty bids; and

 

Ø   syndicate covering transactions.

 

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. These transactions

 


 

77


Table of Contents

Underwriting


 

may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered short sales,” which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked short sales,” which are short positions in excess of that amount.

 

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

 

Naked short sales are sales made in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

 

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The Nasdaq National Market or otherwise.

 

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation by us and the representatives of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

 

Ø   the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to representatives;

 

Ø   our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

Ø   an assessment of our management;

 

Ø   our prospects for future earnings;

 

Ø   the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

Ø   the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

Ø   other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

 

DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM

 

At our request, certain of the underwriters have reserved up to          shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale, directly or indirectly, to our directors, employees and certain other

 


 

78


Table of Contents

Underwriting


 

related parties to Apollo Investment Management, L.P. The sales will be made by UBS Securities LLC through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. These persons must commit to purchase before the market opens on the day following the date of this prospectus. Any employees or other persons (and any entities through which such persons may invest in our shares) purchasing such reserved shares will be prohibited from disposing of or hedging such shares for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

AFFILIATIONS

 

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to Apollo and may provide from time to time certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for Apollo and us for which they will be entitled to receive separate fees.

 

The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage in transactions with us and perform services for us, Apollo or our portfolio companies in the ordinary course of their business.

 

The principal business address of UBS Securities LLC is 299 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10171. The principal business address of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is 390 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013. The principal business address of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. is 277 Park Avenue, 2 nd  Floor, New York, NY 10172.

 


 

79


Table of Contents

 

Legal matters

 

Certain legal matters regarding the securities offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for Apollo Investment by Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York, NY, and Venable LLP, Baltimore, MD. Shearman & Sterling LLP also represents Apollo Investment Management. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, Washington, DC.

 

Independent accountants

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are the independent accountants of Apollo Investment.

 


 

80


Table of Contents

 

Available information

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act of 1933, with respect to our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and our shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC which are available on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

 


 

81


Table of Contents

 

Report of independent auditors

 

To the Shareholder and Board of Directors of Apollo Investment Corporation:

 

In our opinion, the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Apollo Investment Corporation (“Apollo Investment”) at March 15, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This financial statement is the responsibility of Apollo Investment’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, NY

March 16, 2004

 


 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

Statement of assets and liabilities

 

AS OF MARCH 15, 2004

 

Assets

      

Cash

   $ 1,500
    

Total assets

   $ 1,500
    

Liabilities

      

Accrued organizational expenses

    
    

Net assets (100 shares of beneficial interest issued and outstanding; 100,000,000 shares authorized)

   $ 1,500
    

Net asset value per share

   $ 15.00
    

 


 

F-2


Table of Contents

 

Notes

 

1.    ORGANIZATION

 

Apollo Investment Corporation (“Apollo Investment”) was organized as a Maryland corporation on February 2, 2004. Apollo Investment has not had operations other than the sale and issuance of 100 shares of common stock at an aggregate purchase price of $1,500 to Apollo Investment Management, L.P. (the “Investment Adviser”).

 

2.    ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

3.    AGREEMENTS

 

Apollo Investment has entered into an Investment Advisory and Management Agreement with the Investment Adviser under which the Investment Adviser, subject to the overall supervision of Apollo Investment’s board of directors, will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory services to, Apollo Investment. For providing these services the Investment Adviser will receive a fee from Apollo Investment, consisting of two components—a base management fee and an incentive fee. The base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 2.00% on Apollo Investment’s gross assets. For services rendered under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement during the period commencing from the closing of Apollo Investment’s offering through and including the first six months of operations, the base management fee will be payable monthly in arrears, and will be calculated based on the initial value of Apollo Investment’s gross assets. For services rendered under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement after that time, the base management fee will be payable quarterly in arrears, and will be calculated based on the average value of Apollo Investment’s gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter. Base management fees for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro rated.

 

The incentive fee will have two parts, as follows: One part will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on Apollo Investment’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus Apollo Investment’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, any expenses payable under the Administration Agreement, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation. Pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of Apollo Investment’s net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will be compared to the hurdle rate of 1.75% per quarter (7% annualized). Our net investment income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 2% base management fee. Apollo Investment will pay the Investment Adviser an incentive fee with respect to the Apollo Investment’s pre-incentive fee net investment income in each calendar quarter as follows: (1) no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which Apollo Investment’s pre-incentive fee net

 


 

F-3


Table of Contents

Notes


 

investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate; (2) 100% of Apollo Investment’s pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.1875% in any calendar quarter; and (3) 20% of the amount of Apollo Investment’s pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter. These calculations will be appropriately pro rated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.

 

The second part of the incentive fee will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, as of the termination date), commencing on December 31, 2004, and will equal 20.0% of Apollo Investment’s realized capital gains for the calendar year computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation at the end of such year; provided that the incentive fee determined as of December 31, 2004, will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for the period ending December 31, 2004.

 

Apollo Investment has also entered into an Administration Agreement with Apollo Investment Administration, LLC (“Apollo Administration”) under which Apollo Administration will provide administrative services for Apollo Investment. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, Apollo Investment will reimburse Apollo Administration for Apollo Investment’s allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Apollo Administration in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and Apollo Investment’s allocable portion of its chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs. Apollo Administration will also provide on Apollo Investment’s behalf managerial assistance to these portfolio companies to which Apollo Investment is required to provide such assistance.

 

4.    ORGANIZATIONAL AND OFFERING EXPENSES

 

A portion of the net proceeds of this offering, assuming the issuance of 50,000,000 shares plus common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be used for organizational and offering expenses of approximately $250,000 and $1,305,000, respectively. Organizational expenses will be treated as an expense in the year incurred.

 

5.    FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

Apollo Investment intends to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to regulated investment companies under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and, among other things, is required to make the requisite distributions to its stockholders which will relieve it from Federal income or excise taxes. Therefore, no provision has been recorded for Federal income or excise taxes.

 


 

F-4


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

PART C

Other information

 

ITEM 24.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

 

(1 )   Financial Statements     
      The following statements of Apollo Investment Corporation (the “Company” or the
“Registrant”) are included in Part A of this Registration Statement:
    Statement of assets and liabilities, dated as of March 15, 2004    Page F-2
(2)   Exhibits     
    (a)   Articles of Amendment and Restatement*     
    (b)(1)   Bylaws*     
    (b)(2)   Amended and Restated Bylaws*     
    (c)   Not Applicable     
    (d)   Form of Stock Certificate (1)     
    (e)   Dividend Reinvestment Plan (1)     
    (f)   Not Applicable     
    (g)   Investment Advisory and Management Agreement between Registrant and Apollo Investment Management, L.P.*     
    (h)   Form of Underwriting Agreement among the Registrant, Apollo Investment Management, L.P., Apollo Investment Administration, LLC and UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and the other underwriters named therein*     
    (i)   Not Applicable     
    (j)   Custodian Agreement between Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank*     
    (k)(1)   Administration Agreement between Registrant and Apollo Investment Administration, LLC*     
    (k)(2)   Form of Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company*     
    (k)(3)   License Agreement between the Registrant and Apollo Management, L.P.*     
    (l)   Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP, special Maryland counsel for Registrant*     
    (m)   Not Applicable     
    (n)   Consent of independent accountants for Registrant*     
    (o)   Not Applicable     
    (p)   Not Applicable     
    (q)   Not Applicable     
    (r)   Code of Ethics (1)     

*   Filed herewith.
(1)   Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit number to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended on Form N-2, filed on March 12, 2004.

 


 

C-1


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 25.    MARKETING ARRANGEMENTS

 

The information contained under the heading “Underwriting” on this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 26.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 

Commission registration fee

   $ 109,280  

Nasdaq National Market Listing Fee

   $ 150,000  
    


NASD filing fee

   $ 30,500  

Accounting fees and expenses

   $ 15,000 (1)
    


Legal fees and expenses

   $ 575,000 (1)
    


Printing and engraving

   $ 125,000 (1)
    


Miscellaneous fees and expenses

   $ 300,000 (1)
    


Total

   $ 1,304,780 (1)
    



(1)   These amounts are estimates.

 

All of the expenses set forth above shall be borne by the Company.

 

ITEM 27.    PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL

 

Immediately prior to this offering, Apollo Investment Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, will own shares of the Registrant, representing 100% of the common stock outstanding. Following the completion of this offering, Apollo Investment Management’s share ownership is expected to represent less than 1% of the common stock outstanding.

An affiliate of Apollo Investment Management, L.P. is the general partner of, and may be deemed to control, the following entities:

 

Name


  

Jurisdiction of

Organization


Apollo Investment Fund.

   Delaware

AIF II

   Delaware

Apollo Investment Fund III

   Delaware

Apollo Investment Fund IV

   Delaware

Apollo Investment Fund V

   Delaware

Apollo Distressed Investment Fund, L.P.

   Delaware

 

ITEM 28.    NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

The following table sets forth the approximate number of record holders of the Company’s common stock at March 15, 2004.

 

TITLE OF CLASS    NUMBER OF
RECORD HOLDERS

Common stock, $0.001 par value

   1

 


 

C-2


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 29.    INDEMNIFICATION

 

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Our charter authorizes us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her status as a present or former director or officer and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her status as a present or former director or officer and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of us in any of the capacities described above and any of our employees or agents or any employees or agents of our predecessor. In accordance with the 1940 Act, we will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

 

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

 

The Investment Advisory and Management Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Apollo Investment Management, L.P. (the “Adviser”) and its officers, managers,

 


 

C-3


Table of Contents

 

agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Company for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Company.

 

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Apollo Investment Administration, LLC and its officers, manager, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Company for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Apollo Investment Administration, LLC’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Company.

 

The Underwriters’ Agreement provides that each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers, and any person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons, from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation) which, jointly or severally the Company or any such person may incur under the Act, the Exchange Act, the 1940 Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in and in conformity with information concerning such Underwriter furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the managing Underwriter to the Company expressly for use in this Registration Statement (or in the Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment hereof by the Company) or in the Prospectus contained in this Registration Statement, or arises out of or is based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in connection with such information required to be stated in this Registration Statement or such Prospectus or necessary to make such information not misleading.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Company of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Company in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

ITEM 30.    BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER

 

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the Adviser, and each managing director, director or executive officer of the Adviser, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the sections entitled “Management.” Additional information regarding the Adviser and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 801-62840), and is incorporated herein by reference.

 


 

C-4


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 31.    LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

 

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

 

  (1)   the Registrant, Apollo Investment Corporation, 1301 Avenue of the Americas, 38 th Floor, New York, NY 10019;

 

  (2)   the Transfer Agent, American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, 59 Maiden Lane, New York, NY 10007;

 

  (3)   the Custodian, JPMorgan Chase Bank, 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017; and

 

  (4)   the Adviser, Apollo Investment Management, L.P., 1301 Avenue of the Americas, 38 th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

 

ITEM 32.    MANAGEMENT SERVICES

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 33.    UNDERTAKINGS

 

1. The Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (1) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement; or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than the net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

 

2. The Registrant undertakes that:

 

(a) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 


 

C-5


Table of Contents

 

Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of New York, on the 1st day of April, 2004.

 

APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION
By:   /s/    M ICHAEL S. G ROSS        
   
   

Michael S. Gross

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on April 1, 2004. This document may be executed by the signatories hereto on any number of counterparts, all of which constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SIGNATURE       TITLE

/s/    M ICHAEL S. G ROSS              

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(principal executive officer)


     
Michael S. Gross      

 

/s/    A RTHUR H. P ENN              

Vice President and Treasurer

(principal financial and accounting officer)


     
Arthur H. Penn      

 

*      

Director


     
Martin E. Franklin      

 

*      

Director


     
John J. Hannan      

 

*       Director

     
Carl Spielvogel      

 

*      

Director


     
Elliot Stein, Jr.      

 

*       Director

     
Gerald Tsai, Jr.      

 

*By:   /s/    M ICHAEL S. G ROSS        
   
   

Michael S. Gross

(attorney-in-fact)

 


 


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit index

 

(a)   Articles of Amendment and Restatement

 

(b)(1)   Bylaws

 

(b)(2)   Amended and Restated Bylaws

 

(g)   Investment and Advisory and Management Agreement between Registrant and Apollo Investment Management, L.P.

 

(h)   Form of Underwriting Agreement among the Registrant, Apollo Investment Management, L.P., Apollo Investment Administration, LLC and UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and the other underwriters named therein

 

(j)   Custodian Agreement between Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank

 

(k)(1)   Administration Agreement between Registrant and Apollo Investment Administration, LLC

 

(k)(2)   Form of Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

 

(k)(3)   License Agreement between the Registrant and Apollo Management, L.P.

 

(l)   Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP, special Maryland counsel for Registrant

 

(n)   Consent of independent accountants for Registrant

 


 

Exhibit (a)

 

APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

 

FIRST : Apollo Investment Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), desires to amend and restate its charter as currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.

 

SECOND : The following provisions are all the provisions of the charter currently in effect and as hereinafter amended:

 

ARTICLE I

 

NAME

 

The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) is:

 

Apollo Investment Corporation

 

ARTICLE II

 

PURPOSE

 

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to conduct and carry on the business of a business development company, subject to making an election under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN STATE AND RESIDENT AGENT

 

The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 300 East Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

 


The name and address of the resident agent of the Corporation are The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 300 East Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. The resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

PROVISIONS FOR DEFINING, LIMITING

AND REGULATING CERTAIN POWERS OF THE

CORPORATION AND OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS

 

Section 4.1 Number, Classification and Election of Directors . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation is six, which number may be increased or decreased only by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Bylaws, but shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”). The names of the directors who shall serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualify are:

 

Martin E. Franklin

 

Michael S. Gross

 

John J. Hannan

 

Carl Spielvogel

 

Elliot Stein, Jr.

 

Gerald Tsai, Jr.

 

These directors may increase the number of directors and may fill any vacancy, whether resulting from an increase in the number of directors or otherwise, on the Board of Directors occurring before the first annual meeting of stockholders in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

 

2


The Corporation elects, at such time as it becomes eligible to make the election provided for under Section 3-802(b) of the MGCL, that, subject to applicable requirements of the 1940 Act and except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock (as hereinafter defined), any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies.

 

On the first date on which the Corporation shall have more than one stockholder of record, the directors (other than any director elected solely by holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock in connection with dividend arrearages) shall be classified, with respect to the terms for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible as determined by the Board of Directors, one class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, another class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and another class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, with the members of each class to hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualify. At each annual meeting of the stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose term expires at such meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualify.

 

Section 4.2 Extraordinary Actions . Except as specifically provided in Section 4.9 (relating to removal of directors), and in Section 6.2 (relating to certain actions and certain

 

3


amendments to the charter), notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter

 

Section 4.3 Election of Directors . Except as otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation, directors shall be elected by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock outstanding and entitled to vote thereon.

 

Section 4.4 Quorum . The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast (without regard to class) shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders, except with respect to any such matter that, under applicable statutes or regulatory requirements, requires approval by a separate vote of one or more classes of stock, in which case the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by each such class on such a matter shall constitute a quorum.

 

Section 4.5 Authorization by Board of Stock Issuance . The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the charter or the Bylaws.

 

4


Section 4.6 Preemptive Rights . Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares of stock pursuant to Section 5.4 or as may otherwise be provided by contract, no holder of shares of stock of the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation which it may issue or sell.

 

Section 4.7 Appraisal Rights . No holder of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to exercise the rights of an objecting stockholder under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to a particular transaction or all transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

Section 4.8 Determinations by Board . The determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors consistent with the charter and in the absence of actual receipt of an improper benefit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty established by a court, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and every holder of shares of its stock: the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or

 

5


liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation or required by the charter to be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.9 Removal of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock to elect or remove one or more directors, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. For the purpose of this paragraph, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any particular director, conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such director caused demonstrable, material harm to the Corporation through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 5.1 Authorized Shares . The Corporation has authority to issue 100,000,000 shares of stock, initially consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”). The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $100,000. If shares of one class of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class of stock pursuant to this Article V, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that

 

6


the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of stock set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph. A majority of the entire Board of Directors, without any action by the stockholders of the Corporation, may amend the charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 

Section 5.2 Common Stock . Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. The Board of Directors may reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock from time to time in one or more classes or series of stock.

 

Section 5.3 Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors may classify any unissued shares of stock and reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of stock of any class or series from time to time, in one or more classes or series of preferred stock (“Preferred Stock”).

 

Section 5.4 Classified or Reclassified Shares . Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series, the Board of Directors by resolution shall: (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation; (b) specify the number of shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the express terms of any class or series of stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (“SDAT”). Any of the terms of any class or series of stock set or changed pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 5.4 may be made dependent upon facts

 

7


or events ascertainable outside the charter (including determinations by the Board of Directors or other facts or events within the control of the Corporation) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of stock is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary filed with the SDAT

 

Section 5.5 Inspection of Books and Records . A stockholder that is otherwise eligible under applicable law to inspect the Corporation’s books of account, stock ledger, or other specified documents of the Corporation shall have no right to make such inspection if the Board of Directors determines that such stockholder has an improper purpose for requesting such inspection.

 

Section 5.6 Charter and Bylaws . All persons who shall acquire stock in the Corporation shall acquire the same subject to the provisions of the charter and the Bylaws. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

AMENDMENTS; CERTAIN EXTRAORDINARY TRANSACTIONS

 

Section 6.1 Amendments Generally . The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to its charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the charter, of any shares of outstanding stock. All rights and powers conferred by the charter on stockholders, directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation.

 

8


Section 6.2 Approval of Certain Extraordinary Actions and Charter Amendments .

 

(a) Required Votes . The affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast at least 80 percent of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, each voting as a separate class, shall be necessary to effect:

 

(i) Any amendment to the charter of the Corporation to make the Corporation’s Common Stock a “redeemable security” or to convert the Corporation, whether by merger or otherwise, from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company” (as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act);

 

(ii) The liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation and any amendment to the charter of the Corporation to effect any such liquidation or dissolution; and

 

(iii) Any amendment to Section 4.1, Section 4.2, Section 4.9, Section 6.1 or this Section 6.2;

 

provided, however , that, if the Continuing Directors (as defined herein), by a vote of at least two-thirds of such Continuing Directors, in addition to approval by the Board of Directors, approve such proposal or amendment, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast shall be required to approve such matter.

 

(b) Continuing Directors . “Continuing Directors” means the directors identified in Article IV, Section 4.1 and the directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board.

 

9


ARTICLE VII

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

 

Section 7.1 Limitation of Liability . To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of directors and officers of a corporation, no director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages.

 

Section 7.2 Indemnification and Advance of Expenses . The Corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation or (b) any individual who, while a director of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his status as a present or former director or officer of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the power, with the approval of the Board of Directors, to provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation.

 

Section 7.3 1940 Act . The provisions of this Article VII shall be subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act.

 

Section 7.4 Amendment or Repeal . Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the charter or Bylaws

 

10


inconsistent with this Article VII, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sections of this Article VII with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

THIRD : The amendment to and restatement of the charter as hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.

 

FOURTH : The current address of the principal office of the Corporation is as set forth in Article III of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

 

FIFTH : The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent is as set forth in Article III of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

 

SIXTH : The number of directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

 

SEVENTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation had authority to issue immediately prior to this amendment and restatement was 1,000, consisting of 1,000 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all shares of stock having par value was $1.

 

EIGHTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue pursuant to the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter is 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $100,000.

 

NINTH : The undersigned President acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and, as to all matters or facts required

 

11


to be verified under oath, the undersigned President acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and attested to by its Secretary on this              day of March, 2004.

 

ATTEST:

     

APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION

   
            By:      

(SEAL)


         
   

Michael D. Weiner

Secretary

         

Michael S. Gross

President

   

 

13

Exhibit (b)(1)

 

APOLLO CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

BYLAWS

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE . The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the Board of Directors may designate.

 

Section 2. ADDITIONAL OFFICES . The Corporation may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. PLACE . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place as shall be set by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETING . An annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Corporation shall be held on a date and at the time set by the Board of Directors during the month of April in each year.

 

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS . The chairman of the board, president, chief executive officer or Board of Directors may call a special meeting of the stockholders. A special meeting of stockholders shall also be called by the secretary of the Corporation upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Such request shall state the purpose of such meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at such meeting. The secretary shall inform such stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing notice of the meeting and, upon payment to the Corporation by such stockholders of such costs, the secretary shall give notice to each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

Section 4. NOTICE . Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of stockholders, the secretary shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each stockholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting written or printed notice stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, either by mail, by presenting it to such stockholder personally, by leaving it at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business or by any other means permitted by Maryland law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail

 


addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

 

Any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice.

 

Section 5. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT . Every meeting of stockholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Directors to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment, by the chairman of the board or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the chairman of the board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting: the vice chairman of the board, if there be one, the president, the vice presidents in their order of rank and seniority, or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the stockholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy. The secretary, or, in the secretary’s absence, an assistant secretary, or in the absence of both the secretary and assistant secretaries, a person appointed by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such appointment, a person appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary. In the event that the secretary presides at a meeting of the stockholders, an assistant secretary, or in the absence of assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to stockholders of record of the Corporation entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (e) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (f) removing any stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; and (g) recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and place announced at the meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

Section 6. QUORUM . At any meeting of stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the charter of the Corporation for the vote necessary for the adoption of any measure. If, however, such quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting or the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting.

 

2


At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

 

The stockholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and convened, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 7. VOTING . A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a director. Each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are directors to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be voted. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the charter of the Corporation. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 8. PROXIES . A stockholder may cast the votes entitled to be cast by the shares of stock owned of record by the stockholder in person or by proxy executed by the stockholder or by the stockholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law. Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation before or at the meeting. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

Section 9. VOTING OF STOCK BY CERTAIN HOLDERS . Stock of the Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, a general partner or trustee thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such stock pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such stock. Any director or other fiduciary may vote stock registered in his or her name as such fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.

 

Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

 

The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the stockholder. The resolution shall set forth the class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date or closing of the stock

 

3


transfer books, the time after the record date or closing of the stock transfer books within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable. On receipt of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the stockholder of record of the specified stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.

 

Section 10. INSPECTORS . The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more individual inspectors or one or more entities that designate individuals as inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. Each such report shall be in writing and signed by him or her or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

 

Section 11. VOTING BY BALLOT . Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the presiding officer shall order or any stockholder shall demand that voting be by ballot.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. GENERAL POWERS . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS . At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of directors, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law, nor more than 15, and further provided that the tenure of office of a director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of directors.

 

Section 3. ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS . An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary. In the event such

 

4


meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or by a majority of the directors then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of special meetings of the Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.

 

Section 5. NOTICE . Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be delivered personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, United States mail or courier to each director at his or her business or residence address. Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Notice by United States mail shall be given at least three days prior to the meeting. Notice by courier shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting. Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the director or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the director or his or her agent is a party. Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Corporation by the director. Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Corporation by the director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt. Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.

 

Section 6. QUORUM . A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, provided that, if less than a majority of such directors are present at said meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority of a particular group of directors is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority of such group.

 

The directors present at a meeting which has been duly called and convened may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 7. VOTING . The action of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable statute or the charter. If enough directors have withdrawn from a meeting to leave less than a quorum but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of a majority of the directors necessary to constitute a

 

5


quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable statute or the charter.

 

Section 8. ORGANIZATION . At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board or, in the absence of the chairman, the vice chairman of the board, if any, shall act as Chairman. In the absence of both the chairman and vice chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or in the absence of the chief executive officer, the president or in the absence of the president, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as Chairman. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Corporation, or in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, a person appointed by the Chairman, shall act as Secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 9. TELEPHONE MEETINGS . Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 10. WRITTEN CONSENT BY DIRECTORS . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing to such action is signed by each director and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 11. VACANCIES . If for any reason any or all the directors cease to be directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining directors hereunder (even if fewer than three directors remain). Any vacancy on the Board of Directors for any cause other than an increase in the number of directors shall be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, even if such majority is less than a quorum. Any vacancy in the number of directors created by an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority vote of the entire Board of Directors. Any individual so elected as director shall serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is elected and qualifies.

 

Section 12. COMPENSATION . Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors but, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may receive compensation per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned or leased by the Corporation and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors. Directors may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any directors from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 13. LOSS OF DEPOSITS . No director shall be liable for any loss which may occur by reason of the failure of the bank, trust company, savings and loan association, or other institution with whom moneys or stock have been deposited.

 

6


Section 14. SURETY BONDS . Unless required by law, no director shall be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of any of his or her duties.

 

Section 15. RELIANCE . Each director, officer, employee and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Corporation, be fully justified and protected with regard to any act or failure to act in reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation, upon an opinion of counsel or upon reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees or by the adviser, accountants, appraisers or other experts or consultants selected by the Board of Directors or officers of the Corporation, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a director.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEES

 

Section 1. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS . The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and other committees, composed of one or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. POWERS . The Board of Directors may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article any of the powers of the Board of Directors, except as prohibited by law.

 

Section 3. MEETINGS . Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Directors. A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee. The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee. The Board of Directors may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence of a chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the Committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another director to act in the place of such absent member. Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings.

 

Section 4. TELEPHONE MEETINGS . Members of a committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 5. WRITTEN CONSENT BY COMMITTEES . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors may be taken

 

7


without a meeting, if a consent in writing to such action is signed by each member of the committee and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.

 

Section 6. VACANCIES . Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies, to designate alternate members to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS . The officers of the Corporation shall include a president, a secretary and a treasurer and may include a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers. In addition, the Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as they shall deem necessary or desirable. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors, except that the chief executive officer or president may from time to time appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers or other officers. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, or his or her resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any two or more offices except president and vice president may be held by the same person. Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Corporation and such officer or agent.

 

Section 2. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION . Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors if in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, the president or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the notice of resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation.

 

Section 3. VACANCIES . A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors for the balance of the term.

 

Section 4. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief executive officer. The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Corporation, as determined by the Board of Directors, and for the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation.

 

8


Section 5. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief operating officer. The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 6. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief financial officer. The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 7. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD . The Board of Directors shall designate a chairman of the board. The chairman of the board shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he shall be present. The chairman of the board shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. PRESIDENT . In the absence of a chief executive officer, the president shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. In the absence of a designation of a chief operating officer by the Board of Directors, the president shall be the chief operating officer. He may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

Section 9. VICE PRESIDENTS . In the absence of the president or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice president by the president or by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president or as vice president for particular areas of responsibility.

 

Section 10. SECRETARY . The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such stockholder; (e) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the chief executive officer, the president or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 11. TREASURER . The treasurer shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys

 

9


and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation.

 

The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and Board of Directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors or whenever it may so require, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, moneys and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 12. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS . The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the president or the Board of Directors. The assistant treasurers shall, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful performance of their duties in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors.

 

Section 13. SALARIES . The salaries and other compensation of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary or other compensation by reason of the fact that he is also a director.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

Section 1. CONTRACTS . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation when authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Directors and executed by an authorized person.

 

Section 2. CHECKS AND DRAFTS . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

10


Section 3. DEPOSITS . All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may designate.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

STOCK

 

Section 1. CERTIFICATES . In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock represented by certificates, each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates which shall represent and certify the number of shares of each class of stock held by him, her or it in the Corporation. Each certificate shall be signed by the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president and countersigned by the secretary or an assistant secretary or the treasurer or an assistant treasurer and may be sealed with the seal, if any, of the Corporation. The signatures may be either manual or facsimile. Certificates shall be consecutively numbered; and if the Corporation shall, from time to time, issue several classes of shares, each class may have its own number series. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. Each certificate representing shares which are restricted as to their transferability or voting powers, which are preferred or limited as to their dividends or as to their allocable portion of the assets upon liquidation or which are redeemable at the option of the Corporation, shall have a statement of such restriction, limitation, preference or redemption provision, or a summary thereof, plainly stated on the certificate. In lieu of such statement or summary, the Corporation may set forth upon the face or back of the certificate a statement that the Corporation will furnish to any stockholder, upon request and without charge, a full statement of such information.

 

Section 2. TRANSFERS . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a stock certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class of stock will be subject in all respects to the charter of the Corporation and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.

 

Section 3. REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE . Any officer designated by the Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing the issuance of a new certificate, an officer designated by the Board of Directors

 

11


may, in his or her discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or the owner’s legal representative to advertise the same in such manner as he shall require and/or to give bond, with sufficient surety, to the Corporation to indemnify it against any loss or claim which may arise as a result of the issuance of a new certificate.

 

Section 4. CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS OR FIXING OF RECORD DATE . The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of stockholders of record is to be held or taken.

 

In lieu of fixing a record date, the Board of Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not longer than 20 days. If the stock transfer books are closed for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten days before the date of such meeting.

 

If no record date is fixed and the stock transfer books are not closed for the determination of stockholders, (a) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day on which the notice of meeting is mailed or the 30th day before the meeting, whichever is the closer date to the meeting; and (b) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend or an allotment of any other rights shall be the close of business on the day on which the resolution of the directors, declaring the dividend or allotment of rights, is adopted.

 

When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, except when (i) the determination has been made through the closing of the transfer books and the stated period of closing has expired or (ii) the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the record date fixed for the original meeting, in either of which case a new record date shall be determined as set forth herein.

 

Section 5. STOCK LEDGER . The Corporation shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate share ledger containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

 

Section 6. FRACTIONAL STOCK; ISSUANCE OF UNITS . The Board of Directors may issue fractional stock or provide for the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as they may determine. Notwithstanding any other provision of the

 

12


charter or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may issue units consisting of different securities of the Corporation. Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Corporation, except that the Board of Directors may provide that for a specified period securities of the Corporation issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Corporation only in such unit.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

ACCOUNTING YEAR

 

The Board of Directors shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 1. AUTHORIZATION . Dividends and other distributions upon the stock of the Corporation may be authorized by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of law and the charter of the Corporation. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the charter.

 

Section 2. CONTINGENCIES . Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends or other distributions, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall determine to be in the best interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

ARTICLE X

 

INVESTMENT POLICY

 

Subject to applicable law and the provisions of the charter of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy or policies with respect to investments by the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

13


ARTICLE XI

 

SEAL

 

Section 1. SEAL . The Board of Directors may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Corporation. The seal shall contain the name of the Corporation and the year of its incorporation and the words “Incorporated Maryland.” The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.

 

Section 2. AFFIXING SEAL . Whenever the Corporation is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

 

To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Corporation shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation and who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a director of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner or trustee of such corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The Corporation may, with the approval of its Board of Directors, provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation. Any indemnification or advance of expenses made pursuant to this Article XII shall be subject to applicable requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Bylaws or charter of the Corporation inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever any notice is required to be given pursuant to the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall

 

14


be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice, unless specifically required by statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.

 

15

 

Exhibit (b)(2)

 

APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE . The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the Board of Directors may designate.

 

Section 2. ADDITIONAL OFFICES . The Corporation may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. PLACE . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place as shall be set by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETING . Commencing with the 2005 annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, an annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Corporation shall be held on a date and at the time set by the Board of Directors during the month of October of each year.

 

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS .

 

(a) General . The Chairman of the Board, the president or the Board of Directors may call a special meeting of the stockholders. Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 3, a special meeting of stockholders shall also be called by the secretary of the Corporation upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.

 

(b) Stockholder Requested Special Meetings . (1) Any stockholder of record seeking to have stockholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice to the secretary (the “Record Date Request Notice”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date to determine the stockholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Request Record Date”). The Record Date Request Notice shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it, shall be signed by one or more stockholders of record as of the date of signature (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the Record Date Request Notice), shall bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) and shall set forth all information relating to each such stockholder that

 


must be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice, the Board of Directors may fix a Request Record Date. The Request Record Date shall not precede and shall not be more than ten days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Request Record Date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors, within ten days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing the Request Record Date, the Request Record Date shall be the close of business on the tenth day after the first date on which the Record Date Request Notice is received by the secretary.

 

(2) In order for any stockholder to request a special meeting, one or more written requests for a special meeting signed by stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the request) as of the Request Record Date entitled to cast not less than a majority (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) of all of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Request”) shall be delivered to the secretary. In addition, the Special Meeting Request (a) shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to those lawful matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the secretary), (b) shall bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, (c) shall set forth the name and address, as they appear in the Corporation’s books, of each stockholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed) and the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned by each such stockholder, and the nominee holder for, and number of, shares owned by such stockholder beneficially but not of record, (d) shall be sent to the secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and (e) shall be received by the secretary within 60 days after the Request Record Date. Any requesting stockholder (or agent duly authorized in a writing accompanying the revocation or the Special Meeting Request) may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the secretary.

 

(3) The secretary shall inform the requesting stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing the notice of meeting (including the Corporation’s proxy materials). The secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon stockholder request and such meeting shall not be held unless, in addition to the documents required by paragraph (2) of this Section 3(b), the secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the mailing of any notice of the meeting.

 

(4) Except as provided in the next sentence, any special meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Chairman of the Board, the president or the Board of Directors, whoever has called the meeting. In the case of any special meeting called by the secretary upon the request of stockholders (a “Stockholder Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the date of any Stockholder Requested Meeting shall be not more than 90 days after the record date for such meeting (the “Meeting Record Date”); and provided further that if the Board of Directors fails to designate, within ten days after the date that a valid Special Meeting

 

-2-


Request is actually received by the secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a Stockholder Requested Meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m. local time on the 90th day after the Meeting Record Date or, if such 90th day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day; and provided further that in the event that the Board of Directors fails to designate a place for a Stockholder Requested Meeting within ten days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation. In fixing a date for any special meeting, the Chairman of the Board, the president or the Board of Directors may consider such factors as he, she or it deems relevant within the good faith exercise of business judgment, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for meeting and any plan of the Board of Directors to call an annual meeting or a special meeting. In the case of any Stockholder Requested Meeting, if the Board of Directors fails to fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date within 30 days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on the 30th day after the Delivery Date shall be the Meeting Record Date. The Board of Directors may revoke the notice for any Stockholder Requested Meeting in the event that the requesting stockholders fail to comply with the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Section 3(b).

 

(5) If written revocations of requests for the special meeting have been delivered to the Secretary and the result is that stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in writing), as of the Request Record Date, entitled to cast less than the Special Meeting Percentage have delivered, and not revoked, requests for a special meeting to the Secretary, the Secretary shall: (i) if the notice of meeting has not already been mailed, refrain from mailing the notice of the meeting and send to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked such requests written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting, or (ii) if the notice of meeting has been mailed and if the Secretary first sends to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked requests for a special meeting written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting and written notice of the Secretary’s intention to revoke the notice of the meeting, revoke the notice of the meeting at any time before ten days before the commencement of the meeting. Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the Secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.

 

(6) The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the president may appoint independent inspectors of elections to act as the agent of the Corporation for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the secretary. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such purported request shall be deemed to have been delivered to the secretary until the earlier of (i) five Business Days after receipt by the secretary of such purported request and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Corporation that the valid requests received by the secretary represent at least the Special Meeting Percentage. Nothing contained in this paragraph (6) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Corporation or any stockholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether during or after such five Business Day period,

 

-3-


or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).

 

(7) For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Section 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS . Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of stockholders, the secretary shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each stockholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting written or printed notice stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, either by mail, by presenting it to such stockholder personally, by leaving it at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business or by any other means permitted by Maryland law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

 

Subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice.

 

Section 5. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT . Every meeting of stockholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Directors to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment, by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the Chairman of the Board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting: the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, the president, any Vice president, the secretary, the Treasurer or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the stockholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy. The secretary or, in the secretary’s absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of both the secretary and assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary. In the event that the secretary presides at a meeting of the stockholders, an assistant secretary, or, in the absence of assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their

 

-4-


duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to stockholders of record of the Corporation entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies or other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (e) determining when the polls should be opened and closed; (f) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (g) removing any stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; and (h) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and at a place announced at the meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

Section 6. QUORUM . The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast (without regard to class) shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the stockholders, except with respect to any such matter that, under applicable statutes or regulatory requirements, requires approval by a separate vote of one or more classes of stock, in which case the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by each such class on such a matter shall constitute a quorum. This section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the charter of the Corporation for the vote necessary for the adoption of any measure.

 

If, however, such quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

 

The stockholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and convened, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 7. VOTING . Directors shall be elected by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock outstanding and entitled to vote thereon. Each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are directors to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be voted. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the charter of the Corporation. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

 

-5-


Section 8. PROXIES . A stockholder may cast the votes entitled to be cast by the shares of stock owned of record by the stockholder in person or by proxy executed by the stockholder or by the stockholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law. Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation before or at the meeting. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

Section 9. VOTING OF STOCK BY CERTAIN HOLDERS . Stock of the Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, a general partner or trustee thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such stock pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such stock. Any director or other fiduciary may vote stock registered in his or her name as such fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.

 

Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

 

The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the stockholder. The resolution shall set forth the class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date or closing of the stock transfer books, the time after the record date or closing of the stock transfer books within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable. On receipt of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the stockholder of record of the specified stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.

 

Section 10. INSPECTORS . The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more individual inspectors or one or more entities that designate individuals as inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. The inspectors, if any,

 

-6-


shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, and determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. Each such report shall be in writing and signed by him or her or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

 

Section 11. ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR AND OTHER STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS .

 

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders . (1) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice by the stockholder as provided for in this Section 11(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with this Section 11(a).

 

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 11, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 150 th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 150 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (i) as to each individual whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such individual, (B) the class, series and number of any shares of stock of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by such individual, (C) the date such shares were

 

-7-


acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, (D) whether such stockholder believes any such individual is, or is not, an “interested person” of the Corporation, as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Investment Company Act”) and information regarding such individual that is sufficient, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to make such determination and (E) all other information relating to such individual that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder (including such individual’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of such business, the reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder and the Stockholder Associated Person therefrom; (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person, the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned by such stockholder and by such Stockholder Associated Person, if any, and the nominee holder for, and number of, shares owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder and by any such Stockholder Associated Person; (iv) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person covered by clauses (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (2) of this Section 11(a), the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger and current name and address, if different, and of such Stockholder Associated Person; and (v) to the extent known by the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a director or the proposal of other business on the date of such stockholder’s notice.

 

(3) Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 11(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(4) For purposes of this Section 11, “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.

 

-8-


(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such special meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11 and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a director as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (2) of this Section 11(a) shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 150 th day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120 th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c) General . (1) Upon written request by the secretary or the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, any stockholder proposing a nominee for election as a director or any proposal for other business at a meeting of stockholders shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11. If a stockholder fails to provide such written verification within such period, the information as to which written verification was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11.

 

(2) Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 11 shall be eligible for election by stockholders as directors, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 11. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 11.

 

(3) For purposes of this Section 11, (a) the “date of mailing of the notice” shall mean the date of the proxy statement for the solicitation of proxies for election of directors and (b) “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by

 

-9-


the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or comparable news service or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or the Investment Company Act.

 

(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11. Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any right of a stockholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, nor the right of the Corporation to omit a proposal from, the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 12. VOTING BY BALLOT . Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the presiding officer shall order or any stockholder shall demand that voting be by ballot.

 

Section 13. CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION ACT . Notwithstanding any other provision of the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), or any successor statute, shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This section may be repealed, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of control shares and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent control share acquisition.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. GENERAL POWERS . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS . At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of directors, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than four nor more than eight, and further provided that the tenure of office of a director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of directors.

 

Section 3. ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS . An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary. In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors. Regular

 

-10-


meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held from time to time at such places and times as provided by the Board of Directors by resolution, without notice other than such resolution.

 

Section 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president or by a majority of the directors then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of special meetings of the Board of Directors without notice other than such resolution.

 

Section 5. NOTICE . Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be delivered personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, United States mail or courier to each director at his or her business or residence address. Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Notice by United States mail shall be given at least three days prior to the meeting. Notice by courier shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting. Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the director or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the director or his or her agent is a party. Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Corporation by the director. Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Corporation by the director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt. Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.

 

Section 6. QUORUM . A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, provided that, if less than a majority of such directors are present at said meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority of a particular group of directors is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority of such group.

 

The directors present at a meeting which has been duly called and convened may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

 

-11-


Section 7. VOTING . The action of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable statute or the charter. If enough directors have withdrawn from a meeting to leave less than a quorum but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of the directors still present at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable statute or the charter.

 

Section 8. ORGANIZATION . At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board or, in the absence of the chairman, the vice chairman of the board, if any, shall act as Chairman. In the absence of both the chairman and vice chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or in the absence of the chief executive officer, the president or in the absence of the president, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as Chairman. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Corporation, or in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, a person appointed by the Chairman, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 9. TELEPHONE MEETINGS . Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time; provided however, this Section 9 does not apply to any action of the directors pursuant to the Investment Company Act, that requires the vote of the directors to be cast in person at a meeting. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 10. WRITTEN CONSENT BY DIRECTORS . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each director and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors; provided however, this Section 10 does not apply to any action of the directors pursuant to the Investment Company Act, that requires the vote of the directors to be cast in person at a meeting.

 

Section 11. VACANCIES . If for any reason any or all the directors cease to be directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining directors hereunder, if any. Pursuant to the Corporation’s election in Article IV of the charter, subject to applicable requirements of the Investment Company Act, except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, (a) any vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum and (b) any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.

 

Section 12. COMPENSATION . Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors but, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may receive

 

-12-


compensation per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned or leased by the Corporation and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors. Directors may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any directors from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 13. LOSS OF DEPOSITS . No director shall be liable for any loss which may occur by reason of the failure of the bank, trust company, savings and loan association, or other institution with whom moneys or stock have been deposited.

 

Section 14. SURETY BONDS . Unless required by law, no director shall be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of any of his or her duties.

 

Section 15. RELIANCE . Each director, officer, employee and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Corporation, be fully justified and protected with regard to any act or failure to act in reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation, upon an opinion of counsel or upon reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees or by the adviser, accountants, appraisers or other experts or consultants selected by the Board of Directors or officers of the Corporation, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a director.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEES

 

Section 1. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS . The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and other committees, composed of one or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. POWERS . The Board of Directors may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article any of the powers of the Board of Directors, except as prohibited by law.

 

Section 3. MEETINGS . Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Directors. A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee. The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting

 

-13-


shall be the act of such committee. The Board of Directors may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence of a chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the Committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another director to act in the place of such absent member. Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings.

 

Section 4. TELEPHONE MEETINGS . Members of a committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 5. WRITTEN CONSENT BY COMMITTEES . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each member of the committee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.

 

Section 6. VACANCIES . Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies, to designate alternate members to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee. Subject to the power of the Board of Directors, the members of the committee shall have the power to fill any vacancies on the committee.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS . The officers of the Corporation shall include a president, a secretary and a treasurer and may include a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers. In addition, the Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may designate a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board, who shall not be officers of the Corporation but shall have such powers and duties as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors, except that the chief executive officer or president may from time to time appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant treasurers or other officers. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any two or more offices except president and vice president may be held by the same person. Election of an

 

-14-


officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Corporation and such officer or agent.

 

Section 2. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION . Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors if in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, the president or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the notice of resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation.

 

Section 3. VACANCIES . A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors for the balance of the term.

 

Section 4. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief executive officer. In the absence of such designation, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Corporation, as determined by the Board of Directors, and for the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

Section 5. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief operating officer. The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 6. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief financial officer. The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 7. PRESIDENT . In the absence of a designation of a chief executive officer by the Board of Directors, the president shall be the chief executive officer. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

-15-


Section 8. VICE PRESIDENTS . In the absence of the president or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice president by the president or by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president or as vice president for particular areas of responsibility.

 

Section 9. SECRETARY . The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such stockholder; (e) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the chief executive officer, the president or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10. TREASURER . The treasurer shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation.

 

The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and Board of Directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors or whenever it may so require, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, moneys and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 11. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS . The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such

 

-16-


duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the president or the Board of Directors. The assistant treasurers shall, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful performance of their duties in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

Section 1. CONTRACTS . The Board of Directors, the Executive Committee or another committee of the Board of Directors within the scope of its delegated authority, may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation when authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee or such other committee and executed by an authorized person.

 

Section 2. CHECKS AND DRAFTS . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3. DEPOSITS . All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may designate.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

STOCK

 

Section 1. CERTIFICATES; REQUIRED INFORMATION . In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock represented by certificates, such certificates shall be signed by the officers of the Corporation in the manner permitted by the MGCL and contain the statements and information required by the MGCL. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock without certificates, the Corporation shall provide to holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates.

 

Section 2. TRANSFERS WHEN CERTIFICATES ISSUED . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a stock certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

 

-17-


The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class of stock will be subject in all respects to the charter of the Corporation and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.

 

Section 3. REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE . The president, the secretary, the treasurer or any officer designated by the Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing the issuance of a new certificate, an officer designated by the Board of Directors may, in his or her discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or the owner’s legal representative to advertise the same in such manner as he or she shall require and/or to give bond, with sufficient surety, to the Corporation to indemnify it against any loss or claim which may arise as a result of the issuance of a new certificate.

 

Section 4. CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS OR FIXING OF RECORD DATE . The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of stockholders of record is to be held or taken.

 

In lieu of fixing a record date, the Board of Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not longer than 20 days. If the stock transfer books are closed for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten days before the date of such meeting.

 

If no record date is fixed and the stock transfer books are not closed for the determination of stockholders, (a) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day on which the notice of meeting is mailed or the 30th day before the meeting, whichever is the closer date to the meeting; and (b) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend or an allotment of any other rights shall be the close of business

 

-18-


on the day on which the resolution of the directors, declaring the dividend or allotment of rights, is adopted.

 

When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, except when (i) the determination has been made through the closing of the transfer books and the stated period of closing has expired or (ii) the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the record date fixed for the original meeting, in either of which case a new record date shall be determined as set forth herein.

 

Section 5. STOCK LEDGER . The Corporation shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate share ledger containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

 

Section 6. FRACTIONAL STOCK; ISSUANCE OF UNITS . The Board of Directors may issue fractional stock or provide for the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as they may determine. Notwithstanding any other provision of the charter or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may issue units consisting of different securities of the Corporation. Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Corporation, except that the Board of Directors may provide that for a specified period securities of the Corporation issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Corporation only in such unit.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

ACCOUNTING YEAR

 

The Board of Directors shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 1. AUTHORIZATION . Dividends and other distributions upon the stock of the Corporation may be authorized by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of law and the charter of the Corporation. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the charter.

 

Section 2. CONTINGENCIES . Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may from time to time, in its

 

-19-


absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends or other distributions, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall determine to be in the best interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

ARTICLE X

 

SEAL

 

Section 1. SEAL . The Board of Directors may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Corporation. The seal shall contain the name of the Corporation and the year of its incorporation and the words “Incorporated Maryland.” The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.

 

Section 2. AFFIXING SEAL . Whenever the Corporation is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

 

To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and the Investment Company Act, in effect from time to time, the Corporation shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner or trustee of such corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The Corporation may, with the approval of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation. The indemnification and payment of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, regulation, insurance, agreement or otherwise.

 

-20-


Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Bylaws or charter of the Corporation inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever any notice is required to be given pursuant to the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice, unless specifically required by statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

INSPECTION OF RECORDS

 

A stockholder that is otherwise eligible under applicable law to inspect the Corporation’s books of account, stock ledger, or other specified documents of the Corporation shall have no right to make such inspection if the Board of Directors determines that such stockholder has an improper purpose for requesting such inspection.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT

 

If and to the extent that any provision of the MGCL, including, without limitation, Subtitle 6 and, if then applicable, Subtitle 7, of Title 3 of the MGCL, or any provision of the charter or these Bylaws conflicts with any provision of the Investment Company Act, the applicable provision of the Investment Company Act shall control.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.

 

-21-

 

Exhibit (g)

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION

 

AND

 

APOLLO INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT L.P.

 

Agreement made this [X] day of March 2004, by and between APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), and APOLLO INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Adviser”).

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation is a newly organized closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”);

 

WHEREAS, the Adviser is a newly organized investment adviser that has registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to retain the Adviser to furnish investment advisory services to the Corporation on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the Adviser wishes to be retained to provide such services.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Duties of the Adviser .

 

(a) The Corporation hereby employs the Adviser to act as the investment adviser to the Corporation and to manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Corporation, subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, for the period and upon the terms herein set forth, (i) in accordance with the investment objective, policies and restrictions that are set forth in the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, dated February 6, 2004, as the same shall be amended from time to time (as amended, the “Registration Statement”), (ii) in accordance with the Investment Company Act and (iii) during the term of this Agreement in accordance with all other applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, and the Corporation’s charter and by-laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Adviser shall, during the term and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, (i) determine the composition of the portfolio of the Corporation, the nature and timing of the changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes; (ii) identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments made by the Corporation; (iii) close and monitor the Corporation’s investments; (iv) determine the securities and other assets that the Corporation will purchase, retain, or sell; (v) perform due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; and (vi) provide the Corporation with such other investment advisory, research and related services as the Corporation may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of its funds. The

 

1


Adviser shall have the power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to effectuate its investment decisions for the Corporation, including the execution and delivery of all documents relating to the Corporation’s investments and the placing of orders for other purchase or sale transactions on behalf of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to acquire debt financing, the Adviser will arrange for such financing on the Corporation’s behalf, subject to the oversight and approval of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. If it is necessary for the Adviser to make investments on behalf of the Corporation through a special purpose vehicle, the Adviser shall have authority to create or arrange for the creation of such special purpose vehicle and to make such investments through such special purpose vehicle in accordance with the Investment Company Act.

 

(b) The Adviser hereby accepts such employment and agrees during the term hereof to render the services described herein for the compensation provided herein.

 

(c) Subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, the Adviser is hereby authorized to enter into one or more sub-advisory agreements with other investment advisers (each, a “Sub-Adviser”) pursuant to which the Adviser may obtain the services of the Sub-Adviser(s) to assist the Adviser in fulfilling its responsibilities hereunder. Specifically, the Adviser may retain a Sub-Adviser to recommend specific securities or other investments based upon the Corporation’s investment objective and policies, and work, along with the Adviser, in structuring, negotiating, arranging or effecting the acquisition or disposition of such investments and monitoring investments on behalf of the Corporation, subject to the oversight of the Adviser and the Corporation. The Adviser, and not the Corporation, shall be responsible for any compensation payable to any Sub-Adviser. Any sub-advisory agreement entered into by the Adviser shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act and other applicable federal and state law.

 

(d) The Adviser shall for all purposes herein provided be deemed to be an independent contractor and, except as expressly provided or authorized herein, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Corporation in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Corporation.

 

(e) The Adviser shall keep and preserve for the period required by the Investment Company Act any books and records relevant to the provision of its investment advisory services to the Corporation and shall specifically maintain all books and records with respect to the Corporation’s portfolio transactions and shall render to the Corporation’s Board of Directors such periodic and special reports as the Board may reasonably request. The Adviser agrees that all records that it maintains for the Corporation are the property of the Corporation and will surrender promptly to the Corporation any such records upon the Corporation’s request, provided that the Adviser may retain a copy of such records.

 

2. Corporation’s Responsibilities and Expenses Payable by the Corporation . All investment professionals of the Adviser and their respective staffs, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services hereunder, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by the Adviser and not by the Corporation. The Corporation will bear all other costs and expenses of its operations and transactions, including (without limitation)

 

2


those relating to: organization and offering; calculating the Corporation’s net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm); expenses incurred by the Adviser payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for the Corporation and in monitoring the Corporation’s investments and performing due diligence on its prospective portfolio companies; interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance the Corporation’s investments; offerings of the Corporation’s common stock and other securities; investment advisory and management fees; administration fees, if any, payable under the Administration Agreement between the Corporation and Apollo Investment Administration, LLC (the “Administrator”), the Corporation’s administrator; fees payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments; transfer agent and custodial fees; federal and state registration fees; all costs of registration and listing the Corporation’s shares on any securities exchange; federal, state and local taxes; independent Directors’ fees and expenses; costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required by the Securities and Exchange Commission; costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs; the Corporation’s allocable portion of the fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs; and all other expenses incurred by the Corporation or the Administrator in connection with administering the Corporation’s business, including payments under the Administration Agreement between the Corporation and the Administrator based upon the Corporation’s allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of the Corporation’s chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs.

 

3. Compensation of the Adviser . The Corporation agrees to pay, and the Adviser agrees to accept, as compensation for the services provided by the Adviser hereunder, a base management fee (“Base Management Fee”) and an incentive fee (“Incentive Fee”) as hereinafter set forth. The Corporation shall make any payments due hereunder to the Adviser or to the Adviser’s designee as the Adviser may otherwise direct. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Adviser may elect, or the Corporation may adopt a deferred compensation plan pursuant to which the Adviser may elect, to defer all or a portion of its fees hereunder for a specified period of time.

 

(a) The Base Management Fee shall be calculated at an annual rate of 2.00% of the Corporation’s gross assets. For services rendered during the period commencing from the closing of the Corporation’s offering of its common stock, pursuant to the Registration Statement, through and including the first six months of operations, the Base Management Fee will be payable monthly in arrears. For services rendered after such time, the Base Management Fee will be payable quarterly in arrears. For the first quarter of the Corporation’s operations, the Base Management Fee will be calculated based on the initial value of the Corporation’s gross assets. Subsequently, the Base Management Fee will be calculated based on the average value of the Corporation’s gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter. Base Management Fees for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro rated.

 

3


(b) The Incentive Fee shall consist of two parts, as follows:

 

  (i) One part will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the pre-Incentive Fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. For this purpose, pre-Incentive Fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees and fees for providing significant managerial assistance or other fees that the Corporation receives from portfolio companies) accrued by the Corporation during the calendar quarter, minus the Corporation’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the Base Management Fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Incentive Fee). Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation. Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Corporation’s net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will be compared to a “hurdle rate” of 1.75% per quarter (7% annualized). The Corporation will pay the Adviser an Incentive Fee with respect to the Corporation’s pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in each calendar quarter as follows; (1) no Incentive Fee in any calendar quarter in which the Corporation’s pre-Incentive Fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate; (2) 100% of the Corporation’s pre-Incentive Fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-Incentive Fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) ; and (3) 20% of the amount of the Corporation’s pre-Incentive Fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized). These calculations will be appropriately pro rated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.

 

  (ii) The second part of the Incentive Fee (the “Capital Gains Fee”) will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of this Agreement as set forth below), commencing on December 31, 2004, and will equal 20.0% of the Corporation’s realized capital gains for the calendar year, if any, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation at the end of such year; provided that the Incentive Fee determined as of December 31, 2004 will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for the period ending December 31, 2004. In the event that this Agreement shall terminate as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date shall be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying a Capital Gains Fee.

 

4


4. Covenants of the Adviser . The Adviser covenants that it is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The Adviser agrees that its activities will at all times be in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws governing its operations and investments.

 

5. Excess Brokerage Commissions . The Adviser is hereby authorized, to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law, to cause the Corporation to pay a member of a national securities exchange, broker or dealer an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the amount of commission another member of such exchange, broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Adviser determines in good faith, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities, that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided by such member, broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or its overall responsibilities with respect to the Corporation’s portfolio, and constitutes the best net results for the Corporation.

 

6. Limitations on the Employment of the Adviser . The services of the Adviser to the Corporation are not exclusive, and the Adviser may engage in any other business or render similar or different services to others including, without limitation, the direct or indirect sponsorship or management of other investment based accounts or commingled pools of capital, however structured, having investment objectives similar to those of the Corporation, so long as its services to the Corporation hereunder are not impaired thereby, and nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any manager, partner, officer or employee of the Adviser to engage in any other business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to any other business, whether of a similar or dissimilar nature, or to receive any fees or compensation in connection therewith (including fees for serving as a director of, or providing consulting services to, one or more of the Corporation’s portfolio companies, subject to applicable law). So long as this Agreement or any extension, renewal or amendment remains in effect, the Adviser shall be the only investment adviser for the Corporation, subject to the Adviser’s right to enter into sub-advisory agreements. The Adviser assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services called for hereunder. It is understood that directors, officers, employees and stockholders of the Corporation are or may become interested in the Adviser and its affiliates, as directors, officers, employees, partners, stockholders, members, managers or otherwise, and that the Adviser and directors, officers, employees, partners, stockholders, members and managers of the Adviser and its affiliates are or may become similarly interested in the Corporation as stockholders or otherwise.

 

7. Responsibility of Dual Directors, Officers and/or Employees . If any person who is a manager, partner, officer or employee of the Adviser or the Administrator is or becomes a director, officer and/or employee of the Corporation and acts as such in any business of the Corporation, then such manager, partner, officer and/or employee of the Adviser or the Administrator shall be deemed to be acting in such capacity solely for the Corporation, and not as a manager, partner, officer or employee of the Adviser or the Administrator or under the control or direction of the Adviser or the Administrator, even if paid by the Adviser or the Administrator.

 

5


8. Limitation of Liability of the Adviser; Indemnification . The Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with the Adviser, including without limitation its general partner and the Administrator) shall not be liable to the Corporation for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Adviser in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Corporation, except to the extent specified in Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act concerning loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty (as the same is finally determined by judicial proceedings) with respect to the receipt of compensation for services, and the Corporation shall indemnify, defend and protect the Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with the Adviser, including without limitation its general partner and the Administrator, each of whom shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof) (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Adviser’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Paragraph 8 to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect the Indemnified Parties against or entitle or be deemed to entitle the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any liability to the Corporation or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the Adviser’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Adviser’s duties and obligations under this Agreement (as the same shall be determined in accordance with the Investment Company Act and any interpretations or guidance by the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff thereunder).

 

9. Effectiveness, Duration and Termination of Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective as of the first date above written. This Agreement shall remain in effect for two years, and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (a) the vote of the Corporation’s Board of Directors, or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation and (b) the vote of a majority of the Corporation’s Directors who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act) of any such party, in accordance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice, by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation, or by the vote of the Corporation’s Directors or by the Adviser. This Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined for purposes of Section 15(a)(4) of the Investment Company Act). The provisions of Paragraph 8 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Adviser shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement. Further, notwithstanding the termination or expiration of this Agreement as aforesaid, the Adviser shall be entitled to any amounts owed under Section 3 through the date of termination or expiration and Section 8 shall continue in force and effect and apply to the Adviser and its representatives as and to the extent applicable.

 

6


10. Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the other party at its principal office.

 

11. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent, but the consent of the Corporation must be obtained in conformity with the requirements of the Investment Company Act.

 

12. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act. To the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the provisions of the Investment Company Act, the latter shall control.

 

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date above written.

 

APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION
By:    
   
   

Name:

   

Title:

APOLLO INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, L.P.
By:  

ACC Management, LLC, its general partner.

By:    
   
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

8

Exhibit (h)

 

[              ] Shares

 

Common Stock

($.001 Par Value Per Share)

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

                          , 2004

 


UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

                         , 2004

 

UBS Securities LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

as Representatives of the several Underwriters named in Schedule A

c/o UBS Securities LLC

299 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10171-0026

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Apollo Investment Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell an aggregate of                      shares (the “Firm Shares”) of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company. It is understood that, subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, the Firm Shares will be sold by the Company to the several Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (the “Underwriters”) in connection with the offer and sale of such Firm Shares. UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. shall act as joint book-running managers (the “Joint Book-Running Managers”).

 

In addition, solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, the Company proposes to grant to the Underwriters the option to purchase from the Company up to an additional                      shares of Common Stock (the “Additional Shares”). The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively sometimes referred to as the “Shares.” The Shares are described in the Prospectus which is referred to below.

 

The Company hereby acknowledges that in connection with the proposed offering of the Shares, it has requested UBS Financial Services Inc. (“UBS-FinSvc”) to administer a directed share program (the “Directed Share Program”) under which up to                      Firm Shares, or [5] % of the Firm Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters (the “Reserved Shares”), shall be reserved for sale by UBS-FinSvc at the initial public offering price to the Company’s directors, employees and certain other parties related to Apollo Capital Management L.P. as designated by the Company (collectively, the “Directed Share Participants”) as part of the distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the NASD and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations. The number of Shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that Directed Share Participants purchase Reserved Shares. The Underwriters may offer any Reserved Shares not purchased by Directed Share Participants to the general public on the same basis as the other Shares being issued and sold hereunder. The Company has supplied UBS-FinSvc with names, addresses and telephone numbers of the individuals or other entities which the Company has designated to be participants in the Directed Share Program. It is understood that any number of those designated to participate in the Directed Share Program may decline to do so.

 

The Company has filed, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Act”), with the Securities and

 


Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-112591) including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. A Form N-54A – Notification of Election to be Subject to Sections 55 through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 Filed Pursuant to Section 54(a) of the Act (File No. 814-00646) (the “Notification of Election”) was filed with the Commission on February 6, 2004 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”). The Company has furnished to you, for use by the Underwriters and by dealers, copies of one or more preliminary prospectuses (each such preliminary prospectus being herein called a “Preliminary Prospectus”) relating to the Shares. Except where the context otherwise requires, the registration statement, as amended when it became effective, including all documents filed as a part thereof, and including any information contained in a prospectus subsequently filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Act and deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430(A) under the Act and also including any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act, is herein called the “Registration Statement,” and the prospectus, in the form filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Act on or before the second business day after the date hereof (or such earlier time as may be required under the Act) or, if no such filing is required, the form of final prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective, is herein called the “Prospectus.” As used herein, “business day” shall mean a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

 

The Company has entered into an investment advisory and management agreement, dated as of                           , 2004 (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”), with Apollo Investment Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership registered as an investment adviser (the “Adviser”), under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Advisers Act”).

 

The Company has entered into an administration agreement, dated as of                           , 2004 (the “Administration Agreement”), with Apollo Investment Administration, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Administrator”).

 

The Company, the Adviser, the Administrator and the Underwriters agree as follows:

 

1. Sale and Purchase . Upon the basis of the representations and warranties and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the respective Underwriters and each of the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule A attached hereto, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 9 hereof, in each case at a purchase price of $                      per Share. The Company is advised by you that the Underwriters intend (i) to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Firm Shares as soon after the effective date of the Registration Statement as in your judgment is advisable and (ii) initially to offer the Firm Shares upon the terms set forth in the Prospectus. You may from time to time increase or decrease the public offering price after the initial public offering to such extent as you may determine.

 

In addition, the Company hereby grants to the several Underwriters the option to purchase, and upon the basis of the representations and warranties and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company,

 

2


ratably in accordance with the number of Firm Shares to be purchased by each of them, all or a portion of the Additional Shares as may be necessary to cover over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares, at the same purchase price per share to be paid by the Underwriters to the Company for the Firm Shares. This option may be exercised by UBS Securities LLC on behalf of the several Underwriters at any time on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice to the Company. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Additional Shares as to which the option is being exercised, and the date and time when the Additional Shares are to be delivered (such date and time being herein referred to as the “additional time of purchase”); provided , however , that the additional time of purchase shall not be earlier than the time of purchase (as defined below) nor earlier than the second business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the tenth business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised. The number of Additional Shares to be sold to each Underwriter shall be the number which bears the same proportion to the aggregate number of Additional Shares being purchased as the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter on Schedule A hereto bears to the total number of Firm Shares (subject, in each case, to such adjustment as you may determine to eliminate fractional shares), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 9 hereof.

 

2. Payment and Delivery . Payment of the purchase price for the Firm Shares shall be made to the Company by Federal Funds wire transfer, against delivery of the certificates for the Firm Shares to you through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) for the respective accounts of the Underwriters. Such payment and delivery shall be made at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on                      , 2004 (unless another time shall be agreed to by you and the Company or unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 hereof). The time at which such payment and delivery are to be made is hereinafter sometimes called “the time of purchase.” Electronic transfer of the Firm Shares shall be made to you at the time of purchase in such names and in such denominations as you shall specify.

 

Payment of the purchase price for the Additional Shares shall be made at the additional time of purchase, if any, in the same manner and at the same office as the payment for the Firm Shares. Electronic transfer of the Additional Shares shall be made to you at the additional time of purchase in such names and in such denominations as you shall specify.

 

Deliveries of the documents described in Section 7 hereof with respect to the purchase of the Shares shall be made at the offices of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, Citigroup Center, Suite 2900 153 East 53rd Street, New York, New York 10022, at 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on the date of the closing of the purchase of the Firm Shares or the Additional Shares, as the case may be.

 

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters, and the Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to and agree with each of the Underwriters that:

 

(a) the Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Act; no stop order of the Commission preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission; the Preliminary Prospectus in the form distributed in connection with the offering of the Shares

 

3


complied in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and did not, as of its date, and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; the Registration Statement complied when it became effective, and complies and will comply, at the time of purchase and the additional time of purchase, in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the Prospectus will comply, as of its date and at the time of purchase and at the additional time of purchase, in all material respects with the requirements of the Act, and any statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement have been and will be so described or filed; the Company is eligible to use Form N-2; the Registration Statement did not, when it became effective, does not and will not, at the time of purchase and the additional time of purchase, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and the Prospectus will not, as of its date and at the time of purchase and at the additional time of purchase, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Company makes no warranty or representation with respect to any statement contained in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information concerning an Underwriter and furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through you to the Company expressly for use in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus; and the Company has not distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus;

 

(b) as of the date of this Agreement, the Company has an authorized and outstanding capitalization as set forth under the heading “Actual” in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Capitalization” and, as of the time of purchase and the additional time of purchase, the Company shall have an authorized and outstanding capitalization as set forth under the heading “As Adjusted” in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Capitalization” (subject, in the case of the time of purchase and in the event that the time of purchase and the additional time of purchase occur concurrently, to the issuance of the Additional Shares); all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock, including the Common Stock, of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, have been issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws and were not issued in violation of any preemptive right or right of first refusal;

 

(c) the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland, with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, to execute and deliver this Agreement and to issue, sell and deliver the Shares as contemplated herein;

 

(d) the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the ownership or leasing of its properties or the conduct

 

4


of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operation or prospects of the Company (a “Material Adverse Effect”);

 

(e) the Company has no subsidiaries (as defined in the Act); the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any shares of stock or any other equity or long-term debt securities of any corporation or have any equity interest in any firm, partnership, joint venture, association or other entity; complete and correct copies of the articles of incorporation and the by-laws of the Company and all amendments thereto through the date hereof have been delivered to you;

 

(f) the Shares have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor by you as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of statutory and contractual preemptive rights or rights of first refusal;

 

(g) the capital stock of the Company, including the Shares, conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus and the certificates for the Shares are in due and proper form and the holders of the Shares will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders;

 

(h) this Agreement and the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

 

(i) the Company is not in breach or violation of or in default under (nor has any event occurred which with notice, lapse of time or both would reasonably be expected to result in any breach or violation of, constitute a default under or give the holder of any indebtedness (or a person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a part of such indebtedness under) (i) its charter or by-laws, or (ii) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement or other evidence of indebtedness, or any license, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party, except, with respect to clause (ii), to the extent that any such contravention would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with, result in any breach or violation of or constitute a default under (nor constitute any event which with notice, lapse of time or both would result in any breach or violation of or constitute a default under) (i) the charter or by-laws of the Company, or (ii) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement or other evidence of indebtedness, or any license, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party, or (iii) any federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation or rule or any decree, judgment or order applicable to the Company, except, with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii), to the extent that such contravention would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(j) no approval, authorization, consent or order of or filing with any federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory commission, board, body, authority or agency is

 

5


required in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby other than (i) registration of the Shares under the Act, which has been effected, and any necessary qualification under the securities or blue sky laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Shares are being offered by the Underwriters or under the rules and regulations of the NASD and (ii) filing of the Notification of Election under the Investment Company Act, which has been effected;

 

(k) except as set forth in the Prospectus, (i) no person has the right, contractual or otherwise, to cause the Company to issue or sell to it any shares of Common Stock or shares of any other capital stock or other equity interests of the Company, (ii) no person has any preemptive rights or rights of first refusal to purchase any shares of Common Stock or shares of any other capital stock or other equity interests of the Company, and (iii) no person has the right to act as an underwriter or as a financial advisor to the Company in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), whether as a result of the filing or effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the sale of the Shares as contemplated thereby or otherwise; no person has the right, contractual or otherwise, to cause the Company to register under the Act any shares of Common Stock or shares of any other capital stock or other equity interests of the Company, or to include any such shares or interests in the Registration Statement or the offering contemplated thereby;

 

(l) the Company has all necessary licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals (collectively, the “Consents”) and has made all necessary filings required under any federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation or rule, and has obtained all necessary authorizations, consents and approvals from other persons, in order to conduct its respective business, except where the failure to obtain such consent would not have a Material Adverse Effect; the Company is not in violation of, or in default under, or has received notice of any proceedings relating to revocation or modification of, any such license, authorization, consent or approval or any federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation or rule or any decree, order or judgment applicable to the Company, except where such violation, default, revocation or modification would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(m) all legal proceedings, government proceedings known to the Company, affiliate transactions, contracts, licenses, agreements, leases or documents of a character required to be described in the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement have been so described or filed as required;

 

(n) there are no actions, suits, claims, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to which the Company or any of its directors or officers is or would be a party or of which any of its properties is or would be subject at law or in equity, before or by any federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory commission, board, body, authority or agency, except any such action, suit, claim, investigation or proceeding which would not result in a judgment, decree or order having, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or preventing consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

6


(o) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report on the statement of assets and liabilities of the Company is filed with the Commission as part of the Prospectus, are independent public accountants as required by the Act;

 

(p) the audited statement of assets and liabilities included in the Prospectus, together with the related notes, present fairly the financial position of the Company as of the date indicated; there are no financial statements that are required to be included in the Prospectus that are not included as required; the Company does not have any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent (including any off-balance sheet obligations), not disclosed in the Registration Statement; and all disclosures contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission), if any, comply with Regulation G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “ Exchange Act ”) and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Act, to the extent applicable;

 

(q) subsequent to the date of the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), there has not been (i) any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the business, management, financial condition or results of operations of the Company, (ii) any transaction which is material to the Company, (iii) any obligation, direct or contingent (including any off-balance sheet obligations), incurred by the Company, which is material to the Company, (iv) any change in the capital stock or outstanding indebtedness of the Company or (v) any dividend of any kind declared, paid or made on the capital stock of the Company;

 

(r) the Company has obtained for the benefit of the Underwriters the agreement (a “Lock-Up Agreement”), in the form set forth as Exhibit A hereto, of each of its directors, officers and stockholders, and certain persons or entities affiliated with the Adviser named in Exhibit A-1 hereto;

 

(s) the Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares, will not be a “registered management investment company” or an entity “controlled” by a “registered management investment company,” as such terms are used under the Investment Company Act;

 

(t) when the Notification of Election was filed with the Commission, it (i) contained all statements required to be stated therein in accordance with, and compiled in all material respects with the requirements of, the Investment Company Act and (ii) did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

 

(u) the Company owns, or has obtained valid and enforceable licenses for, or other rights to use, the inventions, patent applications, patents, trademarks (both registered and unregistered), tradenames, copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary information described in the Prospectus as being licensed by it or which are necessary for the conduct of its businesses (collectively, “Intellectual Property”), except where the failure to own, license or have such rights would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; the Company

 

7


has not received notice and is not otherwise aware of any infringement of, or conflict with, asserted rights of third parties with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, would result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(v) the Company maintains insurance covering its properties, operations, personnel and businesses as the Company deems adequate; such insurance insures against such losses and risks to an extent which is adequate in accordance with customary industry practice to protect the Company and its business; all such insurance is fully in force on the date hereof and will be fully in force at the time of purchase and any additional time of purchase;

 

(w) the Company has not sent or received any communication regarding termination of, or intent not to renew, any of the contracts or agreements referred to or described in, or filed as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and no such termination or non-renewal has been threatened by the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party to any such contract or agreement;

 

(x) the Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences;

 

(y) the Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including material information pertaining to the Company’s operations and assets managed by the Adviser, is made known to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer by others within the Company and the Adviser, and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective to perform the functions for which they were established;

 

(z) the Company has not, directly or indirectly, extended credit, arranged to extend credit, or renewed any extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan, to or for any director or executive officer of the Company, or to or for any family member or affiliate of any director or executive officer of the Company;

 

(aa) neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee or agent of the Company has made any payment of funds of the Company or received or retained any funds in violation of any law, rule or regulation, which payment, receipt or retention of funds is of a character required to be disclosed in the Prospectus;

 

8


(bb) neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its respective directors, officers, affiliates or controlling persons has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed, or which has constituted or might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act, to result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale of the Shares;

 

(cc) any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate, and the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources to the extent required;

 

(dd) to the Company’s knowledge, there are no affiliations or associations between any member of the NASD and any of the Company’s officers, directors or securityholders, except as set forth in the Prospectus;

 

(ee) the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, including compensation terms, comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder;

 

(ff) the approvals by the board of directors and the sole stockholder of the Company of the Investment Advisory Agreement have been made in accordance with the requirements of Section 15 of the Investment Company Act applicable to companies that have elected to be regulated as business development companies under the Investment Company Act;

 

(gg) except as disclosed in the Prospectus, (i) no person is serving or acting as an officer, director or investment adviser of the Company, except in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder and (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, no director of the Company is an “affiliated person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any of the Underwriters;

 

(hh) the Company has duly elected to be treated by the Commission under the Investment Company Act as a business development company, such election is effective and all required action has been taken by the Company under the Act to make the public offering and consummate the sale of the Shares as provided in this Agreement; the provisions of the corporate charter and by-laws of the Company will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Investment Company Act;

 

(ii) the operations of the Company are in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of the Investment Company Act applicable to business development companies and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; provided that the Company does not represent or warrant as to the compliance of Sections 10(a)(1)(iii) and 10(a)(4)(iii) with Section 17(i) of the Investment Company Act;

 

(jj) the Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the intent to influence unlawfully (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of

 

9


business with the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or any of its respective products or services;

 

(kk) the Company and, to its knowledge, its directors and officers (in such capacity) are in substantial compliance with the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) and the Commission’s applicable published rules promulgated thereunder that are effective, and the Company is taking steps to ensure that it will comply with other applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Commission’s applicable published rules promulgated thereunder upon the effectiveness of such provisions.

 

In addition, any certificate signed by any duly appointed officer of the Company and delivered to the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

 

4. Representations and Warranties of the Adviser and the Administrator . The Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Underwriters that:

 

(a) each of the Adviser and the Administrator has been duly formed and is validly existing as a Delaware limited partnership and Delaware limited liability company, respectively, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and to execute and deliver this Agreement; the Adviser has full power and authority to execute and deliver the Investment Advisory Agreement; the Administrator has full power and authority to execute and deliver the Administration Agreement; and each of the Adviser and the Administrator is duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the ownership or leasing of its properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, constitute a material adverse change in the business, financial condition, capitalization or regulatory status of such entity, or otherwise be reasonably be expected to prevent such entity from carrying out its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Administration Agreement, as applicable (collectively, a “Material Adverse Change”);

 

(b) the Adviser is duly registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act or the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder from acting under the Investment Advisory Agreement for the Company as contemplated by the Prospectus. There does not exist any proceeding or, to the Adviser’s knowledge, any facts or circumstances the existence of which could lead to any proceeding which might adversely affect the registration of the Adviser with the Commission;

 

(c) there are no actions, suits, claims, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Adviser and the Administrator, threatened to which either the Adviser or the Administrator or any of their officers, partners or members are or would be a party or of

 

10


which any of their properties are or would be subject at law or in equity, or before or by any federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory commission, board, body, authority or agency, except any such action, suit, claim, investigation or proceeding which would not result in a judgment, decree or order either (A) constituting, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Change, or (B) preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(d) neither the Adviser nor the Administrator is in breach or violation of, or in default under (nor has any event occurred which with notice, lapse of time, or both would reasonably expected to result in any breach or violation of, constitute a default under or give the holder of any indebtedness (or person acting on such holder’s behalf), the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or part of such indebtedness under) (i) its limited partnership agreement or limited liability company operating agreement, as applicable, or (ii) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement or other evidence of indebtedness, or any license, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument to which the Adviser or the Administrator is a party, or (iii) under any federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation or rule or any decree, judgment or order applicable to the Adviser or the Administrator, as the case may be, except, with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii), to the extent that any such contravention would constitute a Material Adverse Change, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement (and with respect to the Administrator only, the Administration Agreement) and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not conflict with, result in any breach of violation of or constitute a default under (nor constitute any event which with notice, lapse of time or both would reasonably be expected to result in any breach or violation of or constitute a default under) (i) the limited partnership agreement or limited liability company operating agreement, as applicable, or (ii) or other organizational documents of the Adviser or the Administrator or (iii) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement or other evidence of indebtedness, or any license, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument to which the Adviser or the Administrator is a party, or (iv) any federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation or rule or any decree, judgment or other applicable to the Adviser or the Administrator, as the case may be, except, with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii), to the extent that any such contravention would not have a Material Adverse Change;

 

(e) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Adviser and the Administrator; the Investment Advisory Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Adviser; and the Administration Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Administrator; the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement constitute valid and legally binding agreements of the Adviser and the Administrator, respectively, except as (i) the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) rights to indemnification and contribution may be limited to equitable principles of general applicability or by state or federal securities laws or the policies underlying such law;

 

(f) the description of the Adviser and the Administrator contained in the Prospectus is true, accurate and complete in all material respects;

 

11


(g) each of the Adviser and the Administrator has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Prospectus and under this Agreement and, with respect to the Adviser only, the Investment Advisory Agreement (and, with respect to the Administrator only, the Administration Agreement);

 

(h) subsequent to the date of the Prospectus, there has not been any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the business, financial condition, capitalization or regulatory status of the Adviser or the Administrator, or that would otherwise prevent the Adviser or the Administrator from carrying out its respective obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Administration Agreement, as appropriate;

 

(i) each of the Adviser and the Administrator has all Consents and has made all necessary filings required under any federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation or rule and has obtained all necessary Consents from other persons, in order to conduct its business, except where the failure to obtain such Consents would not constitute a Material Adverse Change; neither the Adviser or the Administrator is in violation of, or in default under, nor has the Adviser or the Administrator received notice of any proceedings relating to revocation or modification of any such Consent or any federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation or rule or any decree, order or judgment applicable to the Adviser or the Administrator, except where such revocation or modification would not, individually or in the aggregate, constitute a Material Adverse Change;

 

(j) neither the Adviser, the Administrator nor any of their respective partners, officers, affiliates or controlling persons has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed, under the Exchange Act, to result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale of the Shares;

 

(k) the Adviser is not aware that (i) any executive, key employee or significant group of employees of the Company, if any, the Adviser or the Administrator, as applicable, plans to terminate employment with the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator or (ii) any such executive or key employee is subject to any noncompete, nondisclosure, confidentiality, employment, consulting or similar agreement that would be violated by the present or proposed business activities of the Company or the Adviser except where such termination or violation would not constitute a Material Adverse Change;

 

(l) the Adviser is using its best efforts to develop and implement a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions effectuate by it under the Investment Advisory Agreement are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (ii) access to the Company’s assets is permitted only in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and

 

(m) the Administrator is using its best efforts to develop and implement a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions for which it has bookkeeping and record keeping responsibility for under the Administration Agreement are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the Company’s

 

12


financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for the Company’s assets and (iii) the recorded accountability for such assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

5. Certain Covenants of the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator . The Company agrees, and the Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, agree:

 

(a) to furnish such information as may be required and otherwise to cooperate in qualifying the Shares for offering and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such states or other jurisdictions as you may designate and to use its best efforts to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as you may reasonably request for the distribution of the Shares; provided that, in connection therewith, the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a consent to the service of process under the laws of any such jurisdiction (except a limited consent to service of process with respect to the offering and sale of the Shares); and to advise you promptly of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

(b) to make available to the Underwriters in New York City, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective, and thereafter from time to time to furnish to the Underwriters, as many copies of the Prospectus (or of the Prospectus as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have made any amendments or supplements thereto after the effective date of the Registration Statement) as the Underwriters may reasonably request for the purposes contemplated by the Act; in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus after the nine-month period referred to in Section 10(a)(3) of the Act in connection with the sale of the Shares, the Company will prepare, at the requesting Underwriter’s expense, promptly upon request such amendment or amendments to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus as may be necessary to permit compliance with the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

 

(c) if, at the time this Agreement is executed and delivered, it is necessary for the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto to be declared effective before the Shares may be sold, the Company will endeavor to cause the Registration Statement or such post-effective amendment to become effective as soon as possible, and the Company will advise you promptly and, if requested by you, will confirm such advice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment thereto has become effective, and (ii) if Rule 430A under the Act is used, when the Prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Act (which the Company agrees to file in a timely manner under such Rule);

 

(d) to advise you promptly, and, if requested, confirming such advice in writing, of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information with respect thereto, or of notice of institution of proceedings for, or the entry of a stop order, suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and, if the Commission should enter a stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, to use its best efforts to obtain the lifting or removal of such order as

 

13


soon as possible; to advise you promptly of any proposal to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and to provide you and Underwriters’ counsel copies of any such documents for review and comment a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing and to file no such amendment or supplement to which you shall reasonably object in writing;

 

(e) subject to Section 5(d) hereof, to file promptly all reports and any definitive proxy or information statement required to be filed by the Company with the Commission in order to comply with the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of the Prospectus and for so long as the delivery of a prospectus is required in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares; and to promptly notify you of such filing;

 

(f) to furnish to its shareholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flow of the Company for such fiscal year accompanied by a copy of the certificate or report thereon of nationally recognized independent certified public accountants);

 

(g) to furnish to you and to each of the other Underwriters, only to the extent not otherwise available on the Commission’s EDGAR system, for a period of one year from the date of this Agreement (i) copies of any reports, proxy statements, or other communications which the Company shall send to its stockholders or shall from time to time publish or publicly disseminate, (ii) copies of all annual, quarterly and current reports filed with the Commission on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, or such other similar forms as may be designated by the Commission, (iii) copies of documents or reports filed with any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed, and (iv) such other information as you may reasonably request regarding the Company;

 

(h) to furnish to you as early as practicable prior to the time of purchase and any additional time of purchase, as the case may be, but not later than two business days prior thereto, a copy of the latest available unaudited interim and monthly consolidated financial statements, if any, of the Company which have been read by the Company’s independent certified public accountants, as stated in their letter to be furnished pursuant to Section 7(c) hereof; provided, however, that this requirement to furnish any such information shall be subject to compliance with applicable law;

 

(i) if necessary or appropriate, to file a registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act;

 

(j) to advise the Underwriters promptly of the happening of any event within the time during which a prospectus relating to the Shares is required to be delivered under the Act which could require the making of any change in the Prospectus then being used so that the Prospectus would not include an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, and, during such time, subject to Section 5(d) hereof, to prepare, at any time prior to 90 days after the date of this Agreement, at the Company’s expense, and thereafter,

 

14


at the Underwriters’ expense, and furnish to the Underwriters promptly such amendments or supplements to such Prospectus as may be necessary to reflect any such change;

 

(k) to make generally available to its security holders, an earnings statement of the Company (which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act) covering a period of twelve months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act) as soon as is reasonably practicable after the termination of such twelve-month period but not later than                      , 2005;

 

(l) to furnish to you four copies of the Registration Statement and the Notice of Election, as initially filed with the Commission, and of all amendments thereto (including all exhibits thereto) for distribution of a copy of each of the other Underwriters;

 

(m) to apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares in the manner set forth under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Prospectus;

 

(n) the Company, during a period of two years from the effective date of the Company’s election to be a business development company, will use its best efforts to maintain its status as a business development company; provided , however , the Company may change the nature of its business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw its election as, a business development company, with the approval of the board of directors and a vote of stockholders as required by Section 58 of the Investment Company Act or any successor provision;

 

(o) the Company will use its best efforts to qualify for and elect to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and to maintain such qualification and election in effect for each full fiscal year during which it is a business development company under the Investment Company Act; provided that, at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors, it may elect not to be so treated;

 

(p) to pay all costs, expenses, fees and taxes in connection with (i) the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto, and the printing and furnishing of copies of each Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus to the Underwriters and to dealers (including costs of mailing and shipment), (ii) the registration, issue, sale and delivery of the Shares including any stock or transfer taxes and stamp or similar duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, (iii) the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state or foreign laws and the determination of their eligibility for investment under state or foreign law as aforesaid (including the reasonable legal fees and filing fees and other disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters) and the furnishing of copies of any blue sky surveys or legal investment surveys to the Underwriters and to dealers, (iv) any listing of the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange and any registration thereof under the Exchange Act, (v) any filing for review of the public offering of the Shares by the NASD, including the reasonable legal fees and filing fees and other disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters, (vi) the fees and disbursements of any transfer agent or registrar for the Shares, (vii) fifty percent of “road show” expenses (including but not limited to travel and accommodations), (viii) the

 

15


offer and sale of the Reserved Shares, including all reasonable costs and expenses of UBS-FinSvc and the Underwriters, including the reasonable fees and disbursement of counsel for the Underwriters, and (ix) the performance of the Company’s other obligations hereunder;

 

(q) not to sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or any other securities of the Company that are substantially similar to Common Stock, or file or cause to be declared effective a registration statement under the Act relating to the offer and sale of any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or other rights to purchase Common Stock or any other securities of the Company that are substantially similar to Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date hereof (the “Lock-Up Period”), without the prior written consent of each of the Joint Book-Running Managers, except for (i) the registration of the Shares and the sales to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) any issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan;

 

(r) to use its best efforts to cause the Common Stock to be quoted on The Nasdaq National Market, including complying with any permitted delayed compliance periods with respect to certain provisions contained in Rules 4200 and 4350 of the NASD Manual;

 

(s) to maintain a transfer agent and, if necessary under the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company, a registrar for the Common Stock; and

 

(t) to use its best efforts to ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months after the date of the Prospectus in accordance with the NASD’s Free-Riding and Withholding Interpretation (IM-2110-1); and to comply with all applicable securities and other applicable laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Reserved Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

 

6. Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses . If the Shares are not delivered for any reason other than the termination of this Agreement pursuant to the fifth paragraph of Section 9 hereof or the default by one or more of the Underwriters in its or their respective obligations hereunder, the Company shall, in addition to paying the amounts described in Section 5(p) hereof, reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of their counsel incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transaction contemplated thereunder.

 

7. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The several obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator on the date hereof, at the time of purchase and, if applicable, at the additional time of purchase, the performance by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator of each of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions precedent:

 

(a) The Company shall furnish to you at the time of purchase and, if applicable, at the additional time of purchase, an opinion of Shearman & Sterling LLP, counsel for the

 

16


Company, addressed to the Underwriters, and dated the time of purchase or the additional time of purchase, as the case may be, with reproduced copies for each of the other Underwriters and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, stating that:

 

(i) to such counsel’s knowledge, the Shares are free of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights;

 

(ii) the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the ownership or leasing of its properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(iii) (A) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (except as to the financial statements and schedules and other financial data contained therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act; and (B) the Company is eligible to use Form N-2;

 

(iv) the Registration Statement has become effective under the Act and, to such counsel’s knowledge, no stop order proceedings with respect thereto are pending or threatened under the Act and any required filing of the Prospectus and any supplement thereto pursuant to Rule 497 under the Act will be made in the manner and within the time period required by such Rule 497;

 

(v) no approval, authorization, consent or order of or filing with any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory commission, board, body, authority or agency is required in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares and consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby other than registration of the Shares under the Act (except such counsel need express no opinion as to any necessary qualification under the state securities or blue sky laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Shares are being offered by the Underwriters);

 

(vi) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement by the Company, the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not conflict with, result in any breach or violation of or constitute a default under (nor constitute any event which with notice, lapse of time or both would result in any breach or violation of or constitute a default under) the charter or by-laws of the Company, or any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement or other evidence of indebtedness, or any license, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected, or any federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation or rule or any decree, judgment or order applicable to the Company;

 

17


(vii) to such counsel’s knowledge, the Company is not in breach or violation of or in default under (nor has any event occurred which with notice, lapse of time, or both would result in any breach or violation of, or constitute a default under or give the holder of any indebtedness (or a person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a part of such indebtedness under) its respective charter or by-laws, or any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement or other evidence of indebtedness, or any license, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected, or any federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation or rule or any decree, judgment or order applicable to the Company;

 

(viii) to such counsel’s knowledge, there are no affiliate transactions, off-balance sheet transactions, contracts, licenses, agreements, leases or documents of a character which are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which have not been so described or filed;

 

(ix) to such counsel’s knowledge, there are no actions, suits, claims, investigations or proceedings pending, threatened or contemplated to which the Company or its directors or officers is or would be a party or to which any of their respective properties is or would be subject at law or in equity, before or by any federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory commission, board, body, authority or agency which are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus but are not so described;

 

(x) the Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act;

 

(xi) the information in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus under the headings “Regulation,” “Certain relationships,” “Description of our capital stock,” Material U.S. federal income tax considerations” and “Underwriting,” insofar as such statements constitute a summary of documents or matters of law, and those statements in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that are descriptions of contracts, agreements or other legal documents or of legal proceedings, or refer to statements of law or legal conclusions, are accurate in all material respects and present fairly the information required to be shown;

 

(xii) this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by the Company (to the extent that execution and delivery are matters governed by New York law);

 

18


(xiii) the form of the certificate used to evidence the Shares complies on its face in all material respects with all applicable statutory requirements and with any applicable requirements of the Nasdaq National Market;

 

(xiv) no person has the right, pursuant to the terms of any contract, agreement or other instrument described in or filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise known to such counsel, to cause the Company to register under the Act any shares of Common Stock or shares of any other capital stock or other equity interest of the Company, or to include any such shares or interest in the Registration Statement or the offering contemplated thereby, whether as a result of the filing or effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the sale of the Shares as contemplated thereby or otherwise;

 

(xv) the Investment Advisory Agreement contains the applicable provisions required by Section 205 of the Advisers Act and Section 15 of the Investment Company Act;

 

(xvi) the Company has filed the Notice of Election with the Commission pursuant to Section 54(a) of the Investment Company Act; the Notification of Election filed by the Company with the Commission complied as to form in all material respects with the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;

 

(xvii) the Investment Advisory Agreement has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and the sole shareholder of the Company in accordance with the procedural requirements of Section 15 of the Investment Company Act;

 

(xviii) the Adviser has been duly formed and is validly existing as a Delaware limited partnership in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and to execute and deliver this Agreement; the Adviser has full power and authority to execute and deliver the Investment Advisory Agreement; and the Adviser is duly qualified to do business as a foreign limited partnership and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction where the ownership or leasing of its properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(xix) the Adviser is duly registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and, to such counsel’s knowledge, is not prohibited by the Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act or the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder from acting under the Investment Advisory Agreement as an investment adviser to the Company, as contemplated by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; and, to such counsel’s knowledge, there does not exist any proceeding pending or threatened, which could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the registration of the Adviser with the Commission;

 

19


(xx) to such counsel’s knowledge, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the Adviser is a party to or to which the properties of the Adviser are subject that are required under the Act to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and are not so described, or which seek to restrain, enjoin, prevent the consummation of the issuance or sale of the Shares to be sold under this Agreement;

 

(xxi) to such counsel’s knowledge, the Adviser and the Administrator are not in breach or violation of, or in default under, nor has any event occurred which with notice, lapse of time, or both would result in any breach or violation of, constitute a default under or give the holder of any indebtedness (or person acting on such holder’s behalf), the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or part of such indebtedness under, their limited partnership agreement or any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement or other evidence of indebtedness, or any license, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument to which the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, is a party or by which they or their properties may be bound or affected, or under any law, regulation or rule or any decree, judgment or order applicable to the Adviser or the Administrator, except in each case for any such breach, violation or default which would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement (only with respect to the Adviser) and the Administration Agreement (only with respect to the Administrator and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, will not conflict with, result in any breach or violation of or constitute a default under (nor constitute any event which with notice, lapse of time or both would result in any breach or violation of or constitute a default under), the limited partnership agreement of the Adviser or the Administrator or an indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement or other evidence of indebtedness, or any license, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument to which the Adviser or the Administrator are parties or by which they or their properties may be bound or affected, or any law, regulation or rule or any decree, judgment or order applicable to the Adviser or the Administrator, except in each case for any such conflict, breach or violation which would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(xxii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Adviser and the Administrator, the Investment Advisory Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Adviser and the Administration Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Administrator; and

 

(xxiii) to such counsel’s knowledge, no further Consents are required under any law, regulation or rule in order to perform its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

 

In addition, such counsel shall state that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company, representatives of the independent public accountants of the Company and representatives of the Underwriters at which the contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus were discussed and, although such counsel is not

 

20


passing upon and does not assume responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (except as and to the extent stated in subparagraphs (v), (vi) and (xv) above), on the basis of the foregoing nothing has come to the attention of such counsel that causes them to believe that the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto at the time such Registration Statement or amendment became effective contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus or any supplement thereto at the date of such Prospectus or such supplement, and at the time of purchase or the additional time of purchase, as the case may be, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (it being understood that such counsel need express no opinion with respect to the financial statements and schedules and other financial data included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus).

 

(b) You shall have received an opinion of Venable LLP, special counsel for the Company, addressed to the Underwriters, and dated the time of purchase or the additional time of purchase, as the case may be, with reproduced copies for each of the other Underwriters and in form and substance satisfactory to Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, stating that:

 

(i) the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland, with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement, and to issue, sell and deliver the Shares as contemplated herein;

 

(ii) the Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the resolutions authorizing their issuance, the Shares will be validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable;

 

(iii) this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

 

(iv) the information in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus under the headings “Description of Our Capital Stock,” “Risk Factors – Risks Relating to this Offering – Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and of our charter and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock” insofar as such statements purport to summarize certain provisions of Maryland law, the Company’s charter or the bylaws, are accurate in all material respects and present fairly the information required to be shown;

 

(v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement by the Company, the

 

21


issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not conflict with, result in any breach or violation of the charter or by-laws of the Company, or any Maryland law or regulation, or any order or decree of any Maryland governmental authority applicable to the Company (other than any law, regulation, order or decree in connection with the securities laws of the State of Maryland, as to which no option is hereby expressed);

 

(vi) the capital stock of the Company, including the Shares, conforms to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; and

 

(vii) the Company has an authorized and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are free of preemptive rights under the Maryland General Corporation Law or the Company charter and bylaws; the Shares are free of statutory preemptive rights under the Maryland General Corporation Law or the Company charter and bylaws; the certificates for the Shares are in due and proper form and the holders of the Shares will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders.

 

(c) You shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP letters dated, respectively, the date of this Agreement, the time of purchase and, if applicable, the additional time of purchase, and addressed to the Underwriters (with reproduced copies for each of the Underwriters) in the forms heretofore approved by the Joint Book-Running Managers.

 

(d) You shall have received at the time of purchase and, if applicable, at the additional time of purchase, the favorable opinion of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the time of purchase or the additional time of purchase, as the case may be, as to the matters referred to in subparagraphs (iii), (iv), (vi) (with respect to the Shares only), (vii)(A), (viii) and the last subparagraph of Section 7(a).

 

(e) No Prospectus or amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus shall have been filed to which you reasonably object.

 

(f) The Registration Statement shall become effective not later than 5:30 p.m. New York City time on the date of this Agreement and, if Rule 430A under the Act is used, the Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Act at or before 5:30 p.m. New York City time on the second full business day after the date of this Agreement and any registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act required in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares shall have been filed and become effective no later than 10:00 p.m. New York City time on the date of this Agreement.

 

(g) Prior to the time of purchase, and, if applicable, the additional time of purchase, (i) no stop order with respect to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the Act or, to the Company’s knowledge, proceedings initiated under Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Act; (ii) the Registration Statement and all amendments thereto shall not contain an

 

22


untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and (iii) the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

(h) Between the time of execution of this Agreement and the time of purchase or the additional time of purchase, as the case may be, no material adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse change in the business, properties, management, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and the Adviser taken as a whole shall occur or become known.

 

(i) The Company will, at the time of purchase and, if applicable, at the additional time of purchase, deliver to you a certificate of its Chief Executive Officer in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.

 

(j) You shall have received signed Lock-up Agreements referred to in Section 3(r) hereof.

 

(k) The Shares shall have been approved for quotation on The Nasdaq National Market, subject only to notice of issuance at or prior to the time of purchase and the additional time of purchase, as the case may be.

 

(l) The Company shall have furnished to you such other documents and certificates as to the accuracy and completeness of any statement in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus as of the time of purchase and, if applicable, the additional time of purchase, as you may reasonably request.

 

(m) Apollo Management, L.P. will, on the date of this Agreement, at the time of purchase and, if applicable, at the additional time of purchase, deliver to you a certificate signed by one of its senior partners in the form attached as Exhibit C .

 

8. Effective Date of Agreement; Termination . This Agreement shall become effective (i) if Rule 430A under the Act is not used, when you shall have received notification of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or (ii) if Rule 430A under the Act is used, when the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement.

 

The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of any of the Joint Book-Running Managers or any group of Underwriters (which may include any of the Joint Book-Running Managers) which has agreed to purchase in the aggregate at least 50% of the Firm Shares, if (x) since the time of execution of this Agreement or the earlier respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has been any material adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse change in the business, properties, management, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and the Adviser taken as a whole, which would, in any of the Joint Book-Running Managers’ judgment or in the judgment of such group of Underwriters, make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public

 

23


offering or the delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, or (y) since execution of this Agreement, there shall have occurred: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on The Nasdaq National Market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) an outbreak or escalation of hostilities or acts of terrorism involving the United States or a declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war; or (v) any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in any of the Joint Book-Running Managers’ judgment or in the judgment of such group of Underwriters makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

If any of the Joint Book-Running Managers or any group of Underwriters elects to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section 8, the Company and each other Underwriter shall be notified promptly in writing.

 

If the sale to the Underwriters of the Shares, as contemplated by this Agreement, is not carried out by the Underwriters for any reason permitted under this Agreement, or if such sale is not carried out because the Company shall be unable to comply with any of the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall not be under any obligation or liability under this Agreement (except to the extent provided in Sections 6 and 10 hereof), and the Underwriters shall be under no obligation or liability to the Company under this Agreement (except to the extent provided in Section 10 hereof) or to one another hereunder.

 

9. Increase in Underwriters’ Commitments . Subject to Sections 7 and 8 hereof, if any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to take up and pay for the Firm Shares to be purchased by it hereunder (otherwise than for a failure of a condition set forth in Section 7 hereof or a reason sufficient to justify the termination of this Agreement under the provisions of Section 8 hereof) and if the number of Firm Shares which all Underwriters so defaulting shall have agreed but failed to take up and pay for does not exceed 10% of the total number of Firm Shares, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall take up and pay for (in addition to the aggregate number of Firm Shares they are obligated to purchase pursuant to Section 1 hereof) the number of Firm Shares agreed to be purchased by all such defaulting Underwriters, as hereinafter provided. Such Shares shall be taken up and paid for by such non-defaulting Underwriters in such amount or amounts as you may designate with the consent of each Underwriter so designated or, in the event no such designation is made, such Shares shall be taken up and paid for by all non-defaulting Underwriters pro rata in proportion to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set opposite the names of such non-defaulting Underwriters in Schedule A.

 

Without relieving any defaulting Underwriter from its obligations hereunder, the Company agrees with the non-defaulting Underwriters that it will not sell any Firm Shares hereunder unless all of the Firm Shares are purchased by the Underwriters (or by substituted Underwriters selected by you with the approval of the Company or selected by the Company with your approval).

 

24


If a new Underwriter or Underwriters are substituted by the Underwriters or by the Company for a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters in accordance with the foregoing provision, the Company or you shall have the right to postpone the time of purchase for a period not exceeding five business days in order that any necessary changes in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and other documents may be effected.

 

The term Underwriter as used in this Agreement shall refer to and include any Underwriter substituted under this Section 9 with like effect as if such substituted Underwriter had originally been named in Schedule A.

 

If the aggregate number of Firm Shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed to purchase exceeds 10% of the total number of Firm Shares which all Underwriters agreed to purchase hereunder, and if neither the non-defaulting Underwriters nor the Company shall make arrangements within the five business day-period stated above for the purchase of all the Firm Shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed to purchase hereunder, this Agreement shall terminate without further act or deed and without any liability on the part of the Company to any non-defaulting Underwriter and without any liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter to the Company. Nothing in this paragraph, and no action taken hereunder, shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

 

10. Indemnity and Contribution .

 

(a) (1) The Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, directors and officers, and any person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons, from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of any investigation incurred in connection therewith) which, jointly or severally, any such Underwriter or any such person may incur under the Act, the Exchange Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or in the Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment thereof by the Company) or in a Prospectus (the term Prospectus for the purpose of this Section 10 being deemed to include any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and the Prospectus as amended or supplemented by the Company), or arises out of or is based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in either such Registration Statement or such Prospectus or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading, except insofar as any such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in and in conformity with information concerning such Underwriter furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through you to the Company expressly for use in such Registration Statement or such Prospectus or arises out of or is based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in connection with such information required to be stated in such Registration Statement or such Prospectus or necessary to make such information not misleading, provided , however , that as to any Preliminary Prospectus the Company shall not be liable to any Underwriter or any person controlling such Underwriter on account of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action arising from the sale of Shares

 

25


to any person by such Underwriter if the Underwriter was legally required to and failed to send or give a copy of the Prospectus, as the same may be amended or supplemented, to that person and the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in such Preliminary Prospectus was corrected in such Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement made by the Company in Section 3 hereof or the failure by the Company to perform when and as required any agreement or covenant contained herein or (iii) the Directed Share Program, provided that, subject to applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, if any, the Company shall not be responsible under this clause (iii) for any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim that is finally judicially determined to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Underwriters in conducting the Directed Share Program.

 

(2) The Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Underwriter and each other person specified in subsection (a)(1) of this Section 10 from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation) any such Underwriter or any such other person may incur as specified in such subsection, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon (x) any of the matters specified in clauses (i) through (iii) of subsection (a)(1) of this Section 10 or (y) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement made by the Adviser or the Administrator in Section 4 hereof.

 

(3) If any action, suit or proceeding (each, a “Proceeding”) is brought against an Underwriter or any such person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, such Underwriter or such person shall promptly notify the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, in writing of the institution of such Proceeding and the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, shall assume the defense of such Proceeding, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and payment of all fees and expenses; provided , however , that the omission to so notify the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, shall not relieve the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, from any liability which the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, may have to any Underwriter or any such person or otherwise. Such Underwriter or such person shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter or of such person unless the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, in connection with the defense of such Proceeding or the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, shall not have, within a reasonable period of time in light of the circumstances, employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such Proceeding or such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from, additional to or in conflict with those available to the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, (in which case the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, and paid as incurred (it being understood, however, that the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel) in any one Proceeding or series of related Proceedings in the same

 

26


jurisdiction representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such Proceeding). The Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, shall not be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent but if settled with the written consent of the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, as appropriate, agree to indemnify and hold harmless any Underwriter and any such person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second sentence of this paragraph, then the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 business days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have fully reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such indemnified party shall have given the indemnifying party at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention to settle. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding and does not include an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

 

(4) The Company agrees, and the Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless UBS-FinSvc and its partners, directors and officers, and any person who controls UBS-FinSvc within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons, from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation) which, jointly or severally, UBS-FinSvc or any such person may incur under the Act, the Exchange Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (1) arises out of or is based upon (a) any of the matters referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) of the first paragraph of this Section 10(a) (1) , or (b) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Directed Share Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Directed Share Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Reserved Shares that the Directed Share Participant has agreed to purchase; or (iii) otherwise arises out of or is based upon the Directed Share Program, provided that, subject to applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, if any, the Company shall not be responsible under this clause (iii) for any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim that is finally judicially determined to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of UBS-FinSvc in conducting the Directed Share Program. The second paragraph of this Section 10(a)(3) shall apply equally to any Proceeding brought against UBS-FinSvc or any such person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator pursuant to the foregoing sentence; except that the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator shall be liable for the expenses of one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel) for UBS-FinSvc and any such person, separate and in addition to counsel for the Underwriters, in any such Proceeding.

 

27


(b) Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator, their directors, partners and officers, and any person who controls the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons, from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation) which, jointly or severally, the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, or any such person may incur under the Act, the Exchange Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in and in conformity with information concerning such Underwriter furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through you to the Company expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or in the Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment thereof by the Company) or in a Prospectus, or arises out of or is based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in connection with such information required to be stated in such Registration Statement or such Prospectus or necessary to make such information not misleading.

 

If any Proceeding is brought against the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, or any such person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, or such person shall promptly notify such Underwriter in writing of the institution of such Proceeding and such Underwriter shall assume the defense of such Proceeding, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and payment of all fees and expenses; provided , however , that the omission to so notify such Underwriter shall not relieve such Underwriter from any liability which such Underwriter may have to the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, or any such person or otherwise. The Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, or such person shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, or such person unless the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by such Underwriter in connection with the defense of such Proceeding or such Underwriter shall not have, within a reasonable period of time in light of the circumstances, employed counsel to defend such Proceeding or such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to or in conflict with those available to such Underwriter (in which case such Underwriter shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party or parties, but such Underwriter may employ counsel and participate in the defense thereof but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter), in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by such Underwriter and paid as incurred (it being understood, however, that such Underwriter shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel) in any one Proceeding or series of related Proceedings in the same jurisdiction representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such Proceeding). No Underwriter shall be liable for any settlement of any such Proceeding effected without the written consent of such Underwriter but if settled with the written consent of such Underwriter, such Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and any such person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second sentence of this paragraph, then the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 business days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying

 

28


party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such indemnified party shall have given the indemnifying party at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention to settle. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding.

 

(c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 10 is unavailable to an indemnified party under subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 10 or insufficient to hold an indemnified party harmless in respect of any losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by such party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, damages, expenses, liabilities and claims referred to in this subsection shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending any Proceeding.

 

(d) The Company, the Adviser, the Administrator and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in subsection (c) above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by such Underwriter and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damage which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The

 

29


Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 10 are several in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments and not joint.

 

(e) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 10 and the covenants, warranties and representations of the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator contained in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, its partners, directors or officers or any person (including each partner, officer or director of such person) who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, or by or on behalf of the Company, its directors or officers or any person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Shares. The Company, the Adviser, the Administrator and each Underwriter agree promptly to notify each other of the commencement of any Proceeding against it and, in the case of the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, against any of the Company’s officers or directors, the Adviser and the Administrator or their partners or officers in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares, or in connection with the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

 

11. Information Furnished by the Underwriters . The statements set forth in the first, fourth, tenth, eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, fourteenth and nineteenth paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting” in the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished by or on behalf of the Underwriters as such information is referred to in Sections 3 and 10 hereof.

 

12. Notices . Except as otherwise herein provided, all statements, requests, notices and agreements shall be in writing or by telegram and, if to the Underwriters, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to UBS Securities LLC, 299 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10171-0026, facsimile no. (212) 821-4998, Attention: Syndicate Department, with a copy to (for informational purposes only) facsimile no. (212) 821-4042, Attention: Legal Department, and, if to the Company, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to the Company at the offices of the Company at 1301 Avenue of the Americas, 38 th Floor, New York, N.Y. 10019, facsimile no. (914) 694-8000, Attention: Michael Weiner.

 

13. Governing Law; Construction . This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. The Section headings in this Agreement have been inserted as a matter of convenience of reference and are not a part of this Agreement.

 

14. Submission to Jurisdiction . Except as set forth below, no Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Company consents to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. The Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction, service and venue in any court in which any Claim arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement is brought by any third party against the Joint Book-Running Managers or any indemnified party. Each of the Joint Book-Running Managers and the Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) waives all right to trial by

 

30


jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement. The Company agrees that a final judgment in any such action, proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and may be enforced in any other courts to the jurisdiction of which the Company is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

 

15. Parties at Interest . The Agreement herein set forth has been and is made solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and the Company and to the extent provided in Section 9 hereof the controlling persons, partners, directors and officers referred to in such section, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, personal representatives and executors and administrators. No other person, partnership, association or corporation (including a purchaser, as such purchaser, from any of the Underwriters) shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.

 

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed by the parties in one or more counterparts which together shall constitute one and the same agreement among the parties.

 

17. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s and any of the Underwriters’ respective businesses and/or assets.

 

18. Miscellaneous . UBS, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of UBS AG, is not a bank and is separate from any affiliated bank, including any U.S. branch or agency of UBS AG. Because UBS is a separately incorporated entity, it is solely responsible for its own contractual obligations and commitments, including obligations with respect to sales and purchases of securities. Securities sold, offered or recommended by UBS are not deposits, are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, are not guaranteed by a branch or agency, and are not otherwise an obligation or responsibility of a branch or agency.

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Company and the several Underwriters, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this agreement and your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement between the Company and the Underwriters, severally.

 

Very truly yours,
 
 
 
Apollo Investment Corporation
By:    
   
   

Title:

   

Name:

     
     
     

Apollo Investment Management, L.P.,

 

31


By: ACC Management, L.P.,
its General Partner
 
By:    
   
   

Title:

   

Name:

     
     
     

Apollo Investment Administration, LLC

 
 
 
By:    
   
   

Title:

   

Name:

 

32


Accepted and agreed to as of the

date first above written, on

behalf of themselves

and the other several Underwriters

named in Schedule A

 

UBS SECURITIES LLC

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

 

By: UBS SECURITIES LLC

By:    
   
   

Title:

 
By:    
   
   

Title:

 

By:

  CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
By:    
   
   

Title:

 

By:

  J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
By:    
   
   

Title:

 

33


SCHEDULE A

 

Underwriter


  

Number of

Firm Shares


UBS SECURITIES LLC

    

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

    

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

    

WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

    

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

    

LEGG MASON WOOD WALKER, INCORPORATED

    

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS

    
    

Total

    
    

 


Exhibit A

 

Apollo Investment Corporation

 

[Common Stock]

 

($.001 Par Value Per Share)

 

[Date]

 

UBS Securities LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

As Representative of the several Underwriters

 

c/o UBS Securities LLC
     299 Park Avenue
     New York, New York 10171

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This Lock-Up Letter Agreement is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) to be entered into by and among Apollo Investment Corporation (the “Company”), Apollo Investment Management, L.P. and Apollo Investment Administration, LLC and you, as Representative of the several Underwriters named therein, with respect to the public offering (the “Offering”) of Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”).

 

In order to induce you to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned agrees that for a period of 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Offering the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., (i) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file (or participate in the filing of) a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to, any Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (i) or (ii). The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (a) the registration of or sale to the Underwriters of any Common Stock

 


pursuant to the Offering and the Underwriting Agreement, (b) bona fide gifts, provided the recipient thereof agrees in writing with the Underwriters to be bound by the terms of this Lock-Up Letter Agreement, (c) dispositions to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned and/or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that such trust agrees in writing with the Underwriters to be bound by the terms of this Lock-Up Letter Agreement or (d) any issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan.

 

In addition, the undersigned hereby waives any rights the undersigned may have to require registration of Common Stock in connection with the filing of a registration statement relating to the Offering. The undersigned further agrees that, for a period of 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Offering, the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock.

 

If (i) the Company notifies you in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the Offering is withdrawn or (iii) for any reason the Underwriting Agreement shall be terminated prior to the time of purchase (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), this Lock-Up Letter Agreement shall be terminated and the undersigned shall be released from its obligations hereunder.

 

Yours very truly,

 

Name:

 


Exhibit A-1

 

List of Persons or Entities Affiliated with the Adviser

 


Exhibit B

 

Officers’ Certificate

 

1. I have reviewed the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

2. The representations and warranties of the Company as set forth in this Agreement are true and correct as of the time of purchase and, if applicable, the additional time of purchase.

 

3. The Company has performed all of its obligations under this Agreement as are to be performed at or before the time of purchase and at or before the additional time of purchase, as the case may be.

 

4. The conditions set forth in paragraphs (g) and (h) of Section 7 of this Agreement have been met.

 

5. The financial statements and other financial information included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of the date presented in the Registration Statement.

 


Exhibit C

 

Certificate of Apollo Management, L.P.

 

Exhibit (j)

 

 

LOGO

 

GLOBAL CUSTODY AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION

 

AND

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK

 

March 15, 2004

 


GLOBAL CUSTODY AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement, dated as of March 15,_2004, is between JPMORGAN CHASE BANK (“ Bank ”), with a principal place of business at 270 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10017; and APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION (“ Customer ”) with a place of business at 1301 Avenue of the Americas, New York, N.Y. 10019.

 

1. INTENTION OF THE PARTIES; DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Intention of the Parties .

 

(a) This Agreement sets out the terms governing custodial, settlement and certain other associated services offered by Bank to Customer. Bank shall be responsible for the performance of only those duties that are set forth in this Agreement or expressly contained in Instructions that are consistent with the provisions of this Agreement and with Bank’s operations and procedures. Customer acknowledges that Bank is not providing any legal, tax or investment advice in providing the services hereunder.

 

(b) Investing in foreign markets may be a risky enterprise. The holding of Financial Assets and cash in foreign jurisdictions may involve risks of loss or other special features. Bank shall not be liable for any loss that results from the general risks of investing or Country Risk.

 

1.2 Definitions .

 

(a) As used herein, the following terms have the meaning hereinafter stated.

 

Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Affiliate ” means an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, Bank.

 

Affiliated Subcustodian ” means a Subcustodian that is an Affiliate.

 

Applicable Law ” means any statute, whether national, state or local, applicable in the United States or any other country, the rules of the treaty establishing the European Community, any other law, rule, regulation or interpretation of any governmental entity, any applicable common law, and any decree, injunction, judgment, order, ruling, or writ of any governmental entity.

 

Authorized Person ” means any person (including an investment manager or other agent) who has been designated by written notice from Customer or its designated agent to act on behalf of Customer hereunder. Such persons shall continue to be

 

2


Authorized Persons until such time as Bank receives Instructions from Customer or its designated agent that any such person is no longer an Authorized Person.

 

Bank Indemnitees ” means Bank, its Subcustodians, and their respective nominees, directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

Bank’s London Branch ” means the London branch office of JPMorgan Chase Bank.

 

Cash Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii).

 

Corporate Action ” means any subscription right, bonus issue, stock repurchase plan, redemption, exchange, tender offer, conversion or similar matter with respect to a Financial Asset in the Securities Account that require discretionary action by the holder, but does not include proxy voting.

 

Country Risk ” means the risk of investing or holding assets in a particular country or market, including, but not limited to, risks arising from: nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; the country’s financial infrastructure, including prevailing custody and settlement practices; laws applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Financial Assets and cash held in custody; the regulation of the banking and securities industries, including changes in market rules; currency restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; and market conditions affecting the orderly execution of securities transactions or the value of assets.

 

Entitlement Holder ” means the person named on the records of a Securities Intermediary as the person having a Securities Entitlement against the Securities Intermediary.

 

Financial Asset ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8-102(a)(9) of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York and means, as the context requires, either the asset itself or the means by which a person’s claim to it is evidenced, including a Security, a security certificate, or a Securities Entitlement. “ Financial Asset ” does not include cash.

 

Instructions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.

 

Liabilities ” means any liabilities, losses, claims, costs, damages, penalties, fines, obligations, or expenses of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’, accountants’, consultants’ or experts’ fees and disbursements).

 

Securities ” means stocks, debt securities including but not limited to bonds, rights, warrants, evidences of indebtedness, notes and other negotiable and non-negotiable instruments, whether issued in certificated or uncertificated form, that are commonly traded or dealt in on securities exchanges or financial markets. “ Securities ” also means other obligations of an issuer, or shares, participations and interests in an issuer

 

3


recognized in the country in which it is issued or dealt in as a medium for investment and any other property as may be acceptable to Bank for the Securities Account.

 

Securities Account ” means each Securities custody account on Bank’s records to which Financial Assets are or may be credited pursuant hereto.

 

Securities Depository ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

 

Securities Entitlement ” means the rights and property interest of an Entitlement Holder with respect to a Financial Asset as set forth in Part 5 of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Securities Intermediary ” means Bank, a Subcustodian, a Securities Depository, and any other financial institution which in the ordinary course of business maintains custody accounts for others and acts in that capacity.

 

Subcustodian ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 and includes Affiliated Subcustodians.

 

(b) All terms in the singular shall have the same meaning in the plural unless the context otherwise provides and visa versa.

 

2. WHAT BANK IS REQUIRED TO DO

 

2.1 Set Up Accounts .

 

(a) Bank shall establish, maintain and segregate for the account of Customer the following accounts (“ Accounts ”):

 

  (i) a Securities Account in the name of Customer for Financial Assets, which may be received by Bank or its Subcustodian for the account of Customer, including as an Entitlement Holder; and

 

  (ii) an account in the name of Customer (“ Cash Account ”) for any and all cash in any currency received by Bank or its Subcustodian for the account of Customer.

 

Notwithstanding paragraph (ii), cash held in respect of those markets where Customer is required to have a cash account in its own name held directly with the relevant Subcustodian shall be held in that manner and shall not be part of the Cash Account.

 

4


(b) At the request of Customer, additional Accounts may be opened in the future, which shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.2 Cash Account .

 

Except as otherwise provided in Instructions acceptable to Bank, all cash held in the Cash Account shall be deposited during the period it is credited to the Accounts in one or more deposit accounts at Bank or at Bank’s London Branch. Any cash so deposited with Bank’s London Branch shall be payable exclusively by Bank’s London Branch in the applicable currency, subject to compliance with any applicable laws, regulations, governmental decrees or similar orders including, without limitation, any restrictions on transactions in the applicable currency imposed by the country of the applicable currency.

 

2.3 Segregation of Assets; Nominee Name .

 

(a) Bank shall identify in its records that Financial Assets credited to Customer’s Securities Account belong to Customer (except as otherwise may be agreed by Bank and Customer).

 

(b) To the extent permitted by Applicable Law or market practice, Bank shall require each Subcustodian to identify in its own records that Financial Assets credited to Customer’s Securities Account belong to customers of Bank, such that it is readily apparent that the Financial Assets do not belong to Bank or the Subcustodian.

 

(c) Bank is authorized, in its discretion, to hold in bearer form, such Financial Assets as are customarily held in bearer form or are delivered to Bank or its Subcustodian in bearer form; and to register in the name of the Customer, Bank, a Subcustodian, a Securities Depository, or their respective nominees, such Financial Assets as are customarily held in registered form. Customer authorizes Bank or its Subcustodian to hold Financial Assets in omnibus accounts and shall accept delivery of Financial Assets of the same class and denomination as those deposited with Bank or its Subcustodian.

 

2.4 Settlement of Trades .

 

Bank shall release and deliver Financial Assets only upon, and in accordance with, Instructions. When Bank receives an Instruction directing settlement of a trade in Financial Assets that includes all information required by Bank, Bank shall use reasonable care to effect such settlement as instructed. Settlement of purchases and sales of Financial Assets shall be conducted in accordance with prevailing standards of the market in which the transaction occurs. The risk of loss shall be Customer’s whenever, pursuant to Instructions, Bank delivers Financial Assets or payment in accordance with applicable market practice in advance of receipt or settlement of the expected consideration. In the case of the failure of Customer’s counterparty to deliver the expected consideration as agreed, Bank shall notify Customer and shall contact the counterparty to seek settlement, but Bank shall not be obligated to institute legal proceedings, file proof of claim in any insolvency proceeding, or take any similar action.

 

5


2.5 Contractual Settlement Date Accounting .

 

(a) Bank shall effect book entries on a “contractual settlement date accounting” basis as described below with respect to the settlement of trades in those markets where Bank generally offers contractual settlement day accounting and shall notify Customer of these markets from time to time.

 

  (i) Sales : On the settlement date for a sale, Bank shall credit the Cash Account with the sale proceeds of the sale and transfer the relevant Financial Assets to an account pending settlement of the trade if not already delivered.

 

  (ii) Purchases : On the settlement date for the purchase (or earlier, if market practice requires delivery of the purchase price before the settlement date), Bank shall debit the Cash Account with the settlement monies and credit a separate account. Bank then shall post the Securities Account as awaiting receipt of the expected Financial Assets. Customer shall not be entitled to the delivery of Financial Assets that are awaiting receipt until Bank or a Subcustodian actually receives them.

 

Bank reserves the right to restrict in good faith the availability of contractual day settlement accounting for credit reasons.

 

(b) Bank may (in its absolute discretion, if it has a reasonable expectation that a transaction will not settle or in the case of other extraordinary circumstances) upon oral or written notification to Customer reverse any debit or credit made pursuant to Section 2.5(a) prior to a transaction’s actual settlement, and Customer shall be responsible for any costs or liabilities resulting from such reversal. Customer acknowledges that the procedures described in this sub-section are of an administrative nature, and Bank does not undertake to make loans and/or Financial Assets available to Customer.

 

2.6 Actual Settlement Date Accounting .

 

With respect to any sale or purchase transaction that is not posted to the Account on the contractual settlement date as referred to in Section 2.5, Bank shall post the transaction on the date on which the cash or Financial Assets received as consideration for the transaction is actually received by Bank.

 

2.7 Income Collection; Autocredit .

 

(a) Bank shall credit the Cash Account with income and redemption proceeds on Financial Assets in accordance with the times notified by Bank from time to time on or after the anticipated payment date, net of any taxes that are withheld by Bank in accordance with

 

6


Applicable Law by or any third party. Where no time is specified for a particular market, income and redemption proceeds from Financial Assets shall be credited only after actual receipt and reconciliation. Bank may reverse such credits upon oral or written notification to Customer that Bank believes that the corresponding payment shall not be received by Bank within a reasonable period or such credit was incorrect.

 

(b) Bank shall make commercially reasonable efforts in its discretion to contact appropriate parties to collect unpaid interest, dividends or redemption proceeds, but neither Bank nor its Subcustodians shall be obliged to file any formal notice of default, institute legal proceedings, file proof of claim in any insolvency proceeding, or take any similar action.

 

2.8 Fractions/ Redemptions by Lot .

 

Bank may sell fractional interests in Financial Assets and credit the Cash Account with the proceeds of the sale. If some, but not all, of an outstanding class of Financial Asset is called for redemption, Bank may allot the amount redeemed among the respective beneficial holders of such class of Financial Asset in any manner Bank deems to be fair and equitable.

 

2.9 Presentation of Coupons; Certain Other Ministerial Acts .

 

Until Bank receives Instructions to the contrary, Bank shall:

 

  (a) present all Financial Assets for which Bank has received notice of a call for redemption or that have otherwise matured, and all income and interest coupons and other income items that call for payment upon presentation;

 

  (b) execute in the name of Customer such certificates as may be required to obtain payment in respect of Financial Assets; and

 

  (c) exchange interim or temporary documents of title held in the Securities Account for definitive documents of title.

 

2.10 Corporate Actions .

 

(a) Bank shall monitor Corporate Actions and promptly notify Customer of those Corporate Actions of which Bank’s central corporate actions department receives notice from the issuer or from the Securities Depository in which such Financial Assets are maintained or notice published in publications and reported in reporting services routinely used by Bank for this purpose.

 

(b) If an Authorized Person fails to provide Bank with timely Instructions with respect to any Corporate Action, neither Bank nor its Subcustodians or their respective nominees shall take any action in relation to that Corporate Action, except as otherwise

 

7


agreed in writing by Bank and Customer or as may be communicated by Bank as a default action in the notice it provides under Section 2.10 (a) with respect to that Corporate Action.

 

2.11 Proxy Voting .

 

(a) Subject to and upon the terms of this sub-section, Bank shall provide Customer with information which it receives on matters to be voted upon at meetings of holders of Financial Assets (“ Notifications ”), and Bank shall act in accordance with Customer’s Instructions in relation to such Notifications (“ the active proxy voting service ”). If information is received by Bank at its proxy voting department too late to permit timely voting by Customer, Bank’s only obligation shall be to provide, so far as reasonably practicable, a Notification (or summary information concerning a Notification) on an “information only” basis.

 

(b) The active proxy voting service is available only in certain markets, details of which are available from Bank on request. Provision of the active proxy voting service is conditional upon receipt by Bank of a duly completed enrollment form as well as additional documentation that may be required for certain markets.

 

(c) Bank shall act upon Instructions to vote on matters referred to in a Notification, provided Instructions are received by Bank at its proxy voting department by the deadline referred to in the relevant Notification. If Instructions are not received in a timely manner, Bank shall not be obligated to provide further notice to Customer.

 

(d) Bank reserves the right to provide Notifications or parts thereof in the language received. Bank shall exercise reasonable care and attempt in good faith to provide accurate and complete Notifications, whether or not translated.

 

(e) Customer acknowledges that Notifications and other information furnished pursuant to the active proxy voting service (“ information ”) are proprietary to Bank and that Bank owns all intellectual property rights, including copyrights and patents, embodied therein. Accordingly, Customer shall not make any use of such information except in connection with the active proxy voting service or as otherwise required by Applicable Law.

 

(f) In markets where the active proxy voting service is not available or where Bank has not received a duly completed enrollment form or other relevant documentation, Bank shall not provide Notifications to Customer but shall endeavor to act upon Instructions to vote on matters before meetings of holders of Financial Assets where it is reasonably practicable for Bank (or its Subcustodians or nominees as the case may be) to do so and where such Instructions are received in time for Bank to take timely action (the “ passive proxy voting service ”).

 

(g) Customer acknowledges that the provision of proxy voting services (whether active or passive) may be precluded or restricted under a variety of circumstances. These circumstances include, but are not limited to: (i) the Financial Assets being on loan or out for

 

8


registration, (ii) the pendency of conversion or another Corporate Action, or (iii) Financial Assets being held at Customer’s request in a name not subject to the control of Bank or its Subcustodian, in a margin or collateral account at Bank or another bank or broker, or otherwise in a manner which affects voting, local market regulations or practices, or restrictions by the issuer. Additionally, in some cases Bank may be required to vote all shares held for a particular issue for all of Bank’s customers in the same way. Bank shall inform Customer where this is the case.

 

(h) Notwithstanding the fact that Bank may act in a fiduciary capacity with respect to Customer under other agreements or otherwise hereunder, in performing active or passive voting proxy services Bank shall be acting solely as the agent of Customer, and shall not exercise any discretion with regard to such proxy services or vote any proxy except when directed by an Authorized Person.

 

2.12 Communications Relating to Customer Securities .

 

Bank shall send promptly to Customer all written information received by Bank from issuers (which term, for this purpose, includes portfolio companies in which Customer invests) of the securities being held for Customer.

 

2.13 Statements and Information Available On-Line .

 

(a) Bank shall issue monthly statements to Customer identifying the Financial Assets and cash in the Accounts. Bank also shall provide additional statements containing this information upon Customer’s request. Additionally, Bank shall send (or make available on-line to) Customer a notification of any transfers of cash or Financial Assets with respect to the Accounts. Bank shall not be liable with respect to any matter set forth in those portions of any such statement (or reasonably implied therefrom) to which Customer has not given Bank a written exception or objection within one hundred twenty (120) days of receipt of the statement. References in this Agreement to statements include any statements in electronic form.

 

(b) Prices and other information obtained from third parties which may be contained in any statement sent to Customer have been obtained from sources Bank believes to be reliable. Bank does not, however, make any representation as to the accuracy of such information or that the prices specified necessarily reflect the proceeds that would be received on a disposal of the relevant Financial Assets.

 

(c) Customer acknowledges that records and unaudited reports available to it on-line shall be unaudited and may not be accurate due to inaccurate pricing, delays in updating Account records, and other causes. Bank shall not be liable for any loss or damage arising out of the inaccuracy of any such records or unaudited reports accessed on-line.

 

9


2.14 Access to Bank’s Records .

 

Bank shall allow Customer’s independent public accountants such reasonable access to the records of Bank relating to Financial Assets, Accounts and Cash Accounts as is required in connection with their examination of books and records pertaining to Customer’s affairs. Subject to restrictions under Applicable Law, Bank also shall obtain an undertaking to permit Customer’s independent public accountants reasonable access to the records of any Subcustodian of Cash Accounts or Securities held in any Securities Account with such Subcustodian as may be required in connection with such examination.

 

2.15 Maintenance of Financial Assets at Bank and Subcustodian Locations .

 

(a) Unless Instructions require another location reasonably acceptable to Bank, Financial Assets shall be held in the country or jurisdiction in which their principal trading market is located, where such Financial Assets may be presented for payment, where such Financial Assets were acquired, or where such Financial Assets are held. Bank reserves the right to refuse to accept delivery of Financial Assets or cash in countries and jurisdictions other than those referred to in Schedule 1 to this Agreement, as in effect from time to time.

 

(b) Bank shall not be obliged to follow an Instruction to hold Financial Assets with, or have them registered or recorded in the name of, any person not chosen by Bank. However, if Customer does instruct Bank to hold Securities with or register or record Securities in the name of a person not chosen by Bank, the consequences of doing so are at Customer’s own risk and Bank shall not be liable therefor.

 

2.16 Tax Reclaims .

 

Bank shall provide tax reclamation services as provided in Section 8.2.

 

2.17 Foreign Exchange Transactions .

 

To facilitate the administration of Customer’s trading and investment activity, Bank may, but shall not be obliged to, enter into spot or forward foreign exchange contracts with Customer, or an Authorized Person, and may also provide foreign exchange contracts and facilities through its Affiliates or Subcustodians. Instructions, including standing instructions, may be issued with respect to such contracts, but Bank may establish rules or limitations concerning any foreign exchange facility made available. In all cases where Bank, its Affiliates or Subcustodians enter into a master foreign exchange contract that covers foreign exchange transactions for the Accounts, the terms and conditions of that foreign exchange contract and, to the extent not inconsistent, this Agreement, shall apply to such transactions.

 

10


3. INSTRUCTIONS

 

3.1 Acting on Instructions; Unclear Instructions .

 

(a) Bank is authorized to act under this Agreement (or to refrain from taking action) in accordance with the instructions received by Bank from an Authorized Person, via telephone (confirmed with Customer through commercially reasonable security procedures ), telex, facsimile transmission, or other teleprocess or electronic instruction or trade information system acceptable to Bank (“ Instructions ”). Bank shall have no responsibility for the authenticity or propriety of any Instructions that Bank believes in good faith to have been given by Authorized Persons or which are transmitted with proper testing or authentication pursuant to terms and conditions that Bank may specify. Customer authorizes Bank to accept and act upon any Instructions that it reasonably believes to have been given by an Authorized Person received by it without inquiry. Customer shall indemnify the Bank Indemnitees against, and hold each of them harmless from, any Liabilities that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Bank Indemnitees as a result of any action or omission taken in accordance with any Instructions or other directions upon which Bank is authorized to rely under the terms of this Agreement, unless Bank fails to exercise reasonable care or such Liabilities arise from Bank’s negligence, fraud or willful misconduct in the execution of proper Instructions.

 

(b) Unless otherwise expressly provided, all Instructions shall continue in full force and effect until canceled or superseded by a subsequent Instruction.

 

(c) Bank may (in its sole discretion and without affecting any part of this Section 3.1) promptly seek clarification or confirmation of an Instruction from an Authorized Person and may decline to act upon an Instruction if it does not receive clarification or confirmation reasonably satisfactory to it. Bank shall not be liable for any loss arising from any delay while it seeks such clarification or confirmation.

 

(d) In executing or paying a payment order Bank may rely upon the identifying number (e.g. Fedwire routing number or account) of any party as instructed in the payment order. Customer assumes full responsibility for any inconsistency between the name and identifying number of any party in payment orders issued to Bank in Customer’s name.

 

3.2 Confirmation of Oral Instructions/ Security Devices .

 

Any Instructions delivered to Bank by telephone shall promptly thereafter be confirmed in writing by an Authorized Person. Each confirmation is to be clearly marked “Confirmation.” Bank shall not be liable for having followed such Instructions notwithstanding the failure of an Authorized Person to send such confirmation in writing or the failure of such confirmation to conform to the telephone Instructions received, as long as Bank exercised reasonable care and believed in good faith that such Instructions came from an Authorized Person. Either party may record any of their telephonic communications. Customer shall comply with any commercially reasonable security procedures with respect to verification of Instructions. Customer shall be responsible for safeguarding any test keys, identification codes or other security devices that Bank shall make available to Customer or any Authorized Person.

 

11


3.3 Instructions; Contrary to Law/Market Practice .

 

Bank need not act upon Instructions which it reasonably believes to be contrary to law, regulation or market practice.

 

3.4 Cut-off Times .

 

Bank has established cut-off times for receipt of some categories of Instruction, which shall be made available to Customer. If Bank receives an Instruction after its established cut-off time, it shall attempt to act upon the Instruction on the day requested if Bank deems it practicable to do so or otherwise as soon as practicable after that day.

 

4. FEES, EXPENSES AND OTHER AMOUNTS OWING TO BANK

 

4.1 Fees and Expenses .

 

Customer shall pay Bank for its services hereunder the fees set forth in Schedule 2 hereto or such other amounts as may be agreed upon in writing from time to time, together with Bank’s reasonable out-of-pocket or incidental expenses, including, but not limited to, legal fees.

 

4.2 Overdrafts .

 

If a debit to any currency in the Cash Account results in a debit balance in that currency (without regard to any Cash Account investments) then Bank may, in its discretion, advance an amount equal to the overdraft and such an advance shall be deemed a loan to Customer, payable on demand, bearing interest at the rate charged by Bank from time to time, for overdrafts incurred by customers similar to Customer, from the date of such advance to the date of payment (both after as well as before judgment) and otherwise on the terms on which Bank makes similar overdrafts available from time to time.No prior action or course of dealing on Bank’s part with respect to the settlement of transactions on Customer’s behalf shall be asserted by Customer against Bank for Bank’s refusal to make advances to the Cash Account or to settle any transaction for which Customer does not have sufficient available funds in the applicable currency in the Account.

 

4.3 Bank’s Right Over Securities and Cash

 

(a) If Bank advances any amount to or for the benefit of Customer under Section 4.2 hereof, any Financial Assets held in the Securities Account shall be security for any and all amounts so advanced in an amount not to exceed the amount of such advance.

 

(b) If Customer fails to promptly repay the advance, Bank shall be entitled to use Customer’s available Cash and to dispose of such Financial Assets to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement in full for such advance.

 

12


5. SUBCUSTODIANS, SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES, AND OTHER AGENTS

 

5.1 Appointment of Subcustodians; Use of Securities Depositories .

 

(a) Subject to the Investment Company Rider attached to this Agreement with respect to Foreign Assets, Bank is authorized under this Agreement to act through and hold Customer’s Foreign Assets with Eligible Foreign Custodians, as defined in the Investment Company Rider attached to this Agreement, being at the date of this Agreement the entities listed in Schedule 1 and/or such other entities as Bank may appoint as Eligible Foreign Custodians (“ Subcustodians ”). Bank shall use reasonable care in the selection and continued appointment of such Subcustodians. In addition, Bank and each Subcustodian may deposit Financial Assets with, and hold Financial Assets and Foreign Assets, respectively, in, any securities depository, settlement system, dematerialized book entry system or similar system (together a “ Securities Depository ”) on such terms as such systems customarily operate and Customer shall provide Bank with such documentation or acknowledgements that Bank may require to hold the Financial Assets and Foreign Assets in such systems.

 

(b) Any agreement Bank enters into with a Subcustodian for holding Bank’s customers’ Foreign Assets pursuant to the Investment Company Rider attached to this Agreement shall provide that such assets shall not be subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of such Subcustodian or its creditors except a claim of payment for their safe custody or administration or, in the case of cash deposits held by Eligible Foreign Custodians pursuant to the Investment Company Rider attached hereto, except for liens or rights in favor of creditors of the Subcustodian arising under bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws, and that the beneficial ownership of such assets shall be freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration. Where a Subcustodian deposits Securities with a Securities Depository, Bank shall cause the Subcustodian to identify on its records as belonging to Bank, as agent, the Securities shown on the Subcustodian’s account at such Securities Depository. The foregoing shall not apply to the extent of any special agreement or arrangement made by Customer with any particular Subcustodian.

 

(c) Bank shall have no responsibility for any act or omission by (or the insolvency of) any Securities Depository. In the event Customer incurs a loss due to the negligence, willful misconduct, or insolvency of a Securities Depository, Bank shall make reasonable endeavors, in its discretion, to seek recovery from the Securities Depository.

 

5.2 Liability for Subcustodians .

 

(a) Subject to Section 7.1(b), Bank shall be liable for losses incurred by Customer that result from:

 

  (i)

the failure by the Subcustodian to use reasonable care in the provision of custodial services by it in accordance with the standards prevailing in

 

13


 

the relevant market or from the negligence, fraud or willful default of such Subcustodian in the provision of custodial services by it; or

 

  (ii) the insolvency of any Affiliated Subcustodian.

 

(b) Subject to Section 7.1(b) and Bank’s duty to use reasonable care in the monitoring of a Subcustodian’s financial condition as reflected in its published financial statements and other publicly available financial information concerning it, Bank shall not be responsible for the insolvency of any Subcustodian which is not a branch or an Affiliated Subcustodian.

 

(c) Bank reserves the right to add, replace or remove Subcustodians. Bank shall give prompt notice of any such action, which shall be advance notice if practicable. Upon request by Customer, Bank shall identify the name, address and principal place of business of any Subcustodian and the name and address of the governmental agency or other regulatory authority that supervises or regulates such Subcustodian.

 

5.3 Use of Agents .

 

(a) Bank may provide certain services under this Agreement through third parties. These third parties may be Affiliates. Except to the extent provided in Section 5.2 with respect to Subcustodians, Bank shall not be responsible for any loss as a result of a failure by any broker or any other third party that it selects and retains using reasonable care to provide ancillary services, such as pricing, proxy voting, and corporate action services, that it does not customarily provide itself. Nevertheless, Bank shall be liable for the performance of any such service provider selected by Bank that is an Affiliate to the same extent as Bank would have been liable if it performed such services itself.

 

(b) Bank shall execute transactions involving Financial Assets of United States origin through a broker which is an Affiliate (i) in the case of the sale under Section 2.8 of a fractional interest or (ii) if an Authorized Person directs Bank to use the affiliated broker or otherwise requests that Bank select a broker for that transaction, unless, in either case, the Affiliate does not execute similar transactions in such Financial Assets. The affiliated broker may charge its customary commission (or retain its customary spread) with respect to either such transaction.

 

6. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CUSTOMER

 

6.1 Representations of Customer .

 

Customer represents and warrants to Bank that: (i) it has full authority and power, and has obtained all necessary authorizations and consents, to deposit and control the Financial Assets and cash in the Accounts, to use Bank as its custodian in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and to incur indebtedness, pledge Financial Assets as contemplated

 

14


by Section 4.3, and enter into foreign exchange transactions; and (ii) this Agreement is its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms and it has full power and authority to enter into and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution of this Agreement. Bank may rely upon the above or the certification of such other facts as may be required to administer Bank’s obligations hereunder.

 

6.2 Customer to Provide Certain Information to Bank .

 

Upon request, Customer shall promptly provide to Bank such information about itself and its financial status as Bank may reasonably request, including Customer’s organizational documents and its current audited and unaudited financial statements.

 

7. WHEN BANK IS LIABLE TO CUSTOMER

 

7.1 Standard of Care; Liability .

 

(a) Bank shall use reasonable care in performing its obligations under this Agreement. Bank shall not be in violation of this Agreement with respect to any matter as to which it has satisfied its obligation of reasonable care.

 

(b) Bank shall be liable for Customer’s direct Liabilities to the extent they result from Bank’s negligence, fraud or willful misconduct in performing its duties as set out in this Agreement and to the extent provided for in Section 5.2(a). Nevertheless, under no circumstances shall Bank be liable for any indirect, incidental, consequential or special damages (including, without limitation, lost profits) of any form incurred by any person, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought, with respect to the Accounts or Bank’s performance hereunder or its role as custodian.

 

(c) Customer shall indemnify the Bank Indemnitees against, and hold them harmless from, any Liabilities that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any of the Bank Indemnitees in connection with or arising out of Bank’s performance under this Agreement, provided the Bank Indemnitees have not acted with negligence or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct in connection with the Liabilities in question. Nevertheless, Customer shall not be obligated to indemnify any Bank Indemnitee under the preceding sentence with respect to any Liability for which Bank is liable under Section 5.2 of this Agreement.

 

(d) Without limiting Subsections 7.1 (a), (b) or (c), Bank shall have no duty or responsibility to: (i) question Instructions that it reasonably believes to be from an Authorized Person or make any suggestions to Customer or an Authorized Person regarding such Instructions; (ii) supervise or make recommendations with respect to investments or the

 

15


retention of Financial Assets; (iii) advise Customer or an Authorized Person regarding any default in the payment of principal or income of any security other than as provided in Section 2.7(b) of this Agreement; (iv) evaluate or report to Customer or an Authorized Person regarding the financial condition of any broker, agent or other party to which Bank is instructed to deliver Financial Assets or cash; or (v) review or reconcile trade confirmations received from brokers (and Customer or its Authorized Persons issuing Instructions shall bear any responsibility to review such confirmations against Instructions issued to and statements issued by Bank).

 

7.2 Force Majeure .

 

Bank shall maintain and update from time to time business continuation and disaster recovery procedures with respect to its global custody business that it determines from time to time meet reasonable commercial standards. Bank shall have no liability, however, for any damage, loss or expense of any nature that Customer may suffer or incur, caused by an act of God, fire, flood, civil or labor disturbance, war, act of any governmental authority or other act or threat of any authority (de jure or de facto), legal constraint, fraud or forgery, malfunction of equipment or software (except to the extent such malfunction is primarily attributable to Bank’s negligence in maintaining the equipment or software), failure of or the effect of rules or operations of any external funds transfer system, inability to obtain or interruption of external communications facilities, or any cause beyond the reasonable control of Bank (including without limitation, the non-availability of appropriate foreign exchange).

 

7.3 Bank May Consult With Counsel .

 

Bank shall be entitled to rely on, and may act upon the advice of professional advisers in relation to matters of law, regulation or market practice (which may be the professional advisers of Customer), and shall not be liable to Customer for any action reasonably taken or omitted in good faith pursuant to such advice.

 

7.4 Bank Provides Diverse Financial Services and May Generate Profits as a Result .

 

Customer acknowledges that Bank or its Affiliates may have a material interest in transactions entered into by Customer with respect to the Account or that circumstances are such that Bank may have a potential conflict of duty or interest. For example, Bank or its Affiliates may act as a market maker in the Financial Assets to which Instructions relate, provide brokerage services to other customers, act as financial adviser to the issuer of such Financial Assets, act in the same transaction as agent for more than one customer, have a material interest in the issue of the Financial Assets, or earn profits from any of these activities. Customer acknowledges that Bank or its Affiliates may be in possession of information tending to show that the Instructions received may not be in the best interests of Customer. Bank is not under any duty to disclose any such information.

 

16


8. TAXATION

 

8.1 Tax Obligations .

 

(a) Customer confirms that Bank is authorized to deduct from any cash received or credited to the Cash Account and remit to the appropriate governmental authority any taxes or levies required by any revenue or governmental authority for whatever reason in respect of Customer’s Accounts.

 

(b) If Bank does not receive appropriate declarations, documentation and information then any applicable United States tax (including, but not limited to, non-resident alien tax) shall be deducted from United States source income. Customer shall provide to Bank such certifications, documentation, and information as it may require in connection with taxation, and warrants that, when given, this information is true and correct in every material respect, not misleading in any way, and contains all material information. Customer undertakes to notify Bank promptly if any information requires updating or correcting.

 

(c) Customer shall be responsible for the payment of all taxes relating to the Financial Assets in the Securities Account, and Customer shall pay, indemnify and hold Bank harmless from and against any and all liabilities, penalties, interest or additions to tax with respect to or resulting from, any delay in, or failure by, Bank (1) to pay, withhold or report any U.S. federal, state or local taxes or foreign taxes imposed on, or (2) to report interest, dividend or other income paid or credited to the Cash Account, where such failure or delay by Bank to pay, withhold or report tax or income is the result of Customer’s failure to comply with the terms of this paragraph; provided however, Customer shall not be liable to Bank for any penalty or additions to tax due as a result of Bank’s failure to pay or withhold tax or to report interest, dividend or other income paid or credited to the Cash Account solely as a result of Bank’s negligent acts or omissions.

 

8.2 Tax Refunds and Withholding Tax Reductions .

 

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section, Bank shall apply for a reduction of withholding tax and any refund of any tax paid or tax credits in respect of income payments on Financial Assets credited to the Securities Account that Bank believes may be available.

 

(b) The provision of a tax refund and withholding tax reduction service by Bank is conditional upon Bank receiving from Customer (i) a declaration of its identity and place of residence and (ii) certain other documentation (pro forma copies of which are available from Bank). If Financial Assets credited to the Account are beneficially owned by someone other than Customer, this information shall be necessary with respect to the beneficial owner. Customer acknowledges that Bank shall be unable to perform tax refund and withholding tax reduction services unless it receives this information.

 

(c) Bank shall perform tax refund and withholding tax reduction services only with respect to taxation levied by the revenue authorities of the countries advised to Customer from time to time and Bank may, by notification in writing, in its absolute

 

17


discretion, supplement or amend the countries in which the tax refund and withholding tax reduction services are offered. Other than as expressly provided in this Section 8.2 Bank shall have no responsibility with regard to Customer’s tax position or status in any jurisdiction.

 

(d) Customer confirms that Bank is authorized to disclose any information requested by any revenue authority or any governmental body in relation to the processing of any tax refund or withholding tax reduction.

 

9. RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

(a) Bank shall create and maintain all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as will meet the obligations of Customer under Section 31 of the 1940 Act (as modified by Section 64 thereof) and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder). Bank shall also surrender such records promptly on Customer’s request in accordance with Rule 31a-3 thereunder. Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide assistance to Customer (at Customer’s reasonable request made from time to time) by providing sub-certifications regarding its services performed hereunder in support of Customer’s reporting and certification obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. All such records shall be the property of Customer and shall at all times during the regular business hours of Bank be open for inspection on reasonable notice by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of Customer and employees and agents of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Bank shall, at Customer’s request, supply Customer with a tabulation of Securities owned by Customer and held by Bank and shall, when requested to do so by Customer and for such compensation as shall be agreed upon between Customer and Bank, include certificate numbers in such tabulation.

 

(b) Bank shall provide Customer, at such times as Customer shall reasonably request, with reports of Bank’s independent public accountants as to Bank’s internal controls and procedures for the safeguarding of Financial Assets and cash and other matters relating to the services provided by Bank under this Agreement. Such reports shall be prepared in accordance with Statement of Accounting Standards No. 70 that requires disclosure of any material inadequacies in internal controls that have been identified.

 

(c) Bank shall take all reasonable action, as Customer may from time to time request, to assist Customer in obtaining from year to year favorable opinions from Customer’s independent accountants with respect to its activities under this Agreement in connection with the preparation of Customer’s Form N-2, and Forms 10-Q and 10-K or other reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission and with respect to any other requirements thereof.

 

10. TERMINATION

 

Either party may terminate this Agreement on sixty days’ notice in writing to the other party. In the event of termination by Customer, Customer shall make payment of all amounts owing to Bank under this Agreement, including accrued fees and unreimbursed expenses, within a reasonable time following termination and delivery by Bank of a statement to

 

18


Customer setting forth such amounts owing. If either Customer or Bank gives notice of termination, Customer shall in a subsequent notice within sixty days provide full details of the persons to whom Bank must deliver Financial Assets and cash. In the event that Financial Assets and cash of Customer remain in the possession of Bank thereafter owing to failure of Customer to appoint a successor custodian or otherwise provide instructions as to where Bank is to deliver Financial Assets and cash, (i) Bank shall be entitled to compensation for its services in accordance with the fee schedule most recently in effect, for such period as Bank retains possession of such Financial Assets and cash, and the provisions of this Agreement relating to the duties and obligations of Customer and Bank shall remain in full force and effect; and (ii) Bank may (but shall be under no obligation to), upon thirty days’ written notice to Customer, appoint a successor custodian provided that such successor custodian is eligible to hold Customer’s Financial Assets and cash and Customer shall not have objected to such appointment. (For purposes of this provision, a successor custodian shall be eligible provided that it is a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act doing business in New York, N.Y., having an aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown in its last published report, of not less than $25 million (or such amount as may at the time be required by the 1940 Act)). In the event of the appointment of a successor custodian, it is agreed that Financial Assets and cash of Customer held by Bank, any subcustodian or nominee shall be delivered to the successor custodian; and Bank agrees to cooperate with Customer in the execution of documents and performance of other actions necessary or desirable in order to substitute the successor custodian for Bank under this Agreement. Termination shall not affect any of the liabilities either party owes to the other arising under this Agreement prior to such termination.

 

11. MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1 Notices .

 

Notices (other than Instructions) shall be served by registered mail or hand delivery to the address of the respective parties as set out on the first page of this Agreement, unless notice of a new address is given to the other party in writing. Notice shall not be deemed to be given unless it has been received.

 

11.2 Successors and Assigns .

 

This Agreement shall be binding on each of the parties’ successors and assigns, but the parties agree that neither party can assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

11.3 Interpretation .

 

Headings are for convenience only and are not intended to affect interpretation. References to sections are to sections of this Agreement and references to sub-sections and

 

19


paragraphs are to sub-sections of the sections and paragraphs of the sub-sections in which they appear.

 

11.4 Entire Agreement .

 

(a) The following Rider is incorporated into this Agreement:

 

  x Investment Company

 

(b) This Agreement, including the Schedules, Exhibits, and Riders (and any separate agreement which Bank and Customer may enter into with respect to any Cash Account), sets out the entire Agreement between the parties in connection with the subject matter, and this Agreement supersedes any other agreement, statement, or representation relating to custody, whether oral or written. Amendments must be in writing and signed by both parties.

 

11.5 Information Concerning Deposits at Bank .

 

Bank’s London Branch is a member of the United Kingdom Deposit Protection Scheme (the “Scheme”) established under Banking Act 1987 (as amended). The Scheme provides that in the event of Bank’s insolvency, payments may be made to certain customers of Bank’s London Branch. Payments under the Scheme are limited to 90% of a depositor’s total cash deposits subject to a maximum payment to any one depository of £18,000 (or 20,000 euros if greater). Most deposits denominated in sterling and other European Economic Area Currencies and euros made with Bank within the United Kingdom are covered. Further details of the Scheme are available on request.

 

11.6 Confidentiality .

 

Bank shall not disclose any confidential information concerning its relationship with Customer under this Agreement, or that is received by Bank in the process of performing its obligations under this Agreement, including Customer’s portfolio investments, except as is reasonably necessary to provide services to Customer, as required by law or regulation or the organizational documents of the issuer of any Financial Asset, or otherwise with the consent of Customer. Customer agrees to keep this Agreement confidential and, except where disclosure is required by law or regulation, shall only disclose it (or any part of it) with the prior written consent of Bank.

 

11.7 Insurance .

 

Bank shall not be required to maintain any insurance coverage for the benefit of Customer.

 

20


11.8 Governing Law and Jurisdiction. Certification of Residency .

 

This Agreement shall be construed, regulated, and administered under the laws of the United States or State of New York, as applicable, without regard to New York’s principles regarding conflict of laws. The United States District Court for the Southern District of New York shall have the sole and exclusive jurisdiction over any lawsuit or other judicial proceeding relating to or arising from this Agreement. If that court lacks federal subject matter jurisdiction, the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction. Either of these courts shall have proper venue for any such lawsuit or judicial proceeding, and the parties waive any objection to venue or their convenience as a forum. The parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of any of the courts specified and to accept service of process to vest personal jurisdiction over them in any of these courts. The parties further hereby knowingly, voluntarily and intentionally waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right to a trial by jury with respect to any such lawsuit or judicial proceeding arising or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Customer certifies that it is a resident of the United States and shall notify Bank of any changes in residency. Bank may rely upon this certification or the certification of such other facts as may be required to administer Bank’s obligations hereunder. Customer shall indemnify Bank against all losses, liability, claims or demands arising directly or indirectly from any certifications made by Customer to Bank in accordance with this Section 11.8.

 

11.9 Severability and Waiver .

 

(a) If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect on the basis of any particular circumstances or in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision or provisions under other circumstances or in other jurisdictions and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

 

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, no failure or delay on the part of either party in exercising any power or right hereunder operates as a waiver, nor does any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude any other or further exercise, or the exercise of any other power or right. No waiver by a party of any provision of this Agreement, or waiver of any breach or default, is effective unless in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be enforced.

 

11.10  Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original and together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION

By:    
   

Title:

   

Date:

   

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK

By:    
   

Title:

   

Date:

   

 

22


Investment Company Rider to Global Custody Agreement

 

Between JPMorgan Chase Bank and

 


 

effective March 15, 2004

 

The following modifications are made to the Agreement:

 

A. Add a new Section 2.17 to the Agreement as follows:

 

“2.17. Compliance with Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rule 17f-5 (“rule 17f-5”).

 

(a) Customer’s board of directors (or equivalent body) (hereinafter “Board”) hereby delegates to Bank, and, except as to the country or countries as to which Bank may, from time to time, advise Customer that it does not accept such delegation, Bank hereby accepts the delegation to it, of the obligation to perform as Customer’s ‘Foreign Custody Manager’ (as that term is defined in rule 17f-5(a)(3) as promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”)), including for the purposes of: (i) selecting Eligible Foreign Custodians (as that term is defined in SEC rule 17f-5(a)(1), and as the same may be amended from time to time, or that have otherwise been exempted pursuant to an SEC exemptive order) to hold Foreign Assets (as defined in rule 17f-5(a)(2)), (ii) evaluating the contractual arrangements with such Eligible Foreign Custodians (as set forth in SEC rule 17f-5(c)(2)), (iii) monitoring such foreign custody arrangements (as set forth in rule 17f-5(c)(3)).

 

(b) In connection with the foregoing, Bank shall:

 

(i) provide written reports notifying Customer’s Board of the placement of Foreign Assets with particular Eligible Foreign Custodians and of any material change in the arrangements with such Eligible Foreign Custodians, with such reports to be provided to Customer’s Board at such times as the Board deems reasonable and appropriate based on the circumstances of Customer’s foreign custody arrangements (and until further notice from Customer such reports shall be provided not less than quarterly with respect to the placement of Foreign Assets with particular Eligible Foreign Custodians and with reasonable promptness upon the occurrence of any material change in the arrangements with such Eligible Foreign Custodians);

 

(ii) exercise such reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing as Customer’s Foreign Custody Manager as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of Foreign Assets would exercise;

 

(iii) in selecting an Eligible Foreign Custodian, first have determined that Foreign Assets placed and maintained in the safekeeping of such Eligible Foreign Custodian

 


shall be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market, after having considered all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such Foreign Assets, including, without limitation, those factors set forth in SEC rule 17f-5(c)(1)(i)-(iv);

 

(iv) determine that the written contract with an Eligible Foreign Custodian requires that the Eligible Foreign Custodian shall provide reasonable care for Foreign Assets based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market.

 

(v) have established a system to monitor the continued appropriateness of maintaining Foreign Assets with particular Eligible Foreign Custodians and performance of the governing contractual arrangements; it being understood, however, that in the event that Bank shall have determined that the existing Eligible Foreign Custodian in a given country would no longer afford Foreign Assets reasonable care and that no other Eligible Foreign Custodian in that country would afford reasonable care, Bank shall promptly so advise Customer and shall then act in accordance with the Instructions of Customer with respect to the disposition of the affected Foreign Assets.

 

Subject to (b)(i)-(v) above, Bank is hereby authorized to place and maintain Foreign Assets on behalf of Customer with Eligible Foreign Custodians pursuant to a written contract deemed appropriate by Bank, provided that such contract complies with the conditions of rule 17f-5(c)(2)(i) or (ii).

 

(c) Except as expressly provided herein, Customer shall be solely responsible to assure that the maintenance of Foreign Assets hereunder complies with the rules, regulations, interpretations and exemptive orders as promulgated by or under the authority of the SEC.

 

(d) Bank represents to Customer that it is a U.S. Bank as defined in Rule 17f-5(a)(7). Customer represents to Bank that: (1) the Foreign Assets being placed and maintained in Bank’s custody are subject to the 1940 Act, as the same may be amended from time to time; (2) its Board: (i) has determined that it is reasonable to rely on Bank to perform as Customer’s Foreign Custody Manager (ii) or its investment adviser shall have determined that Customer may maintain Foreign Assets in each country in which Customer’s Financial Assets and cash shall be held hereunder and determined to accept Country Risk. Nothing contained herein shall require Bank to make any selection or to engage in any monitoring on behalf of Customer that would entail consideration of Country Risk.

 

(e) Bank shall provide to Customer such information relating to Country Risk as is specified in Appendix 1 hereto. Customer hereby acknowledges that: (i) such information is solely designed to inform Customer of market conditions and procedures and is not intended as a recommendation to invest or not invest in particular markets; and (ii) Bank has gathered the information from sources it considers reliable, but that Bank shall have no responsibility for inaccuracies or incomplete information from such sources.

 

24


B. Add a new Section 2.18 to the Agreement as follows:

 

2.18. Compliance with SEC rule 17f-7 (“rule 17f-7”).

 

(a) Bank shall, for consideration by Customer, provide an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining Customer’s Foreign Assets with each Eligible Securities Depository used by Bank as of the date hereof (or, in the case of an Eligible Securities Depository not used by Bank as of the date hereof, prior to the initial placement of Customer’s Foreign Assets at such Depository) and at which any Foreign Assets of Customer are held or are expected to be held. The foregoing analysis will be provided to Customer at Bank’s Website. In connection with the foregoing, Customer shall notify Bank of any Eligible Securities Depositories at which it does not choose to have its Foreign Assets held. Bank shall monitor the custody risks associated with maintaining Customer’s Foreign Assets at each such Eligible Securities Depository on a continuing basis and shall promptly notify Customer or its adviser of any material changes in such risks.

 

(b) Bank shall exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the requirements set forth in Section 2.18(a) above.

 

(c) Based on the information available to it in the exercise of diligence, Bank shall determine the eligibility under rule 17f-7 of each depository before including it on Schedule 3 hereto and shall promptly advise Customer if any Eligible Securities Depository ceases to be eligible. (Eligible Securities Depositories used by Bank as of the date hereof are set forth in Schedule 3 hereto, and as the same may be amended on notice to Customer from time to time.)

 

D. Add the following after the first sentence of Section 5.1(a) of the Agreement: “At the request of Customer, Bank may, but need not, add to Schedule 1 an Eligible Foreign Custodian where Bank has not acted as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to the selection thereof. Bank shall notify Customer in the event that it elects to add any such entity.”

 

E. Add the following language as Sections 5.1(d) and (e) of the Agreement:

 

(d) The term Subcustodian as used herein shall mean the following:

 

(i) an ‘Eligible Foreign Custodian,’ which shall mean: (i) a banking institution or trust company, incorporated or organized under the laws of a country other than the United States, that is regulated as such by that country’s government or an agency thereof, and (ii) a majority-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of a U.S. bank or bank holding company which subsidiary is incorporated or organized under the laws of a country other than the United States. In addition, an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall also mean any other

 

25


entity that shall have been so qualified by exemptive order, rule or other appropriate action of the SEC.

 

(ii) For purposes of clarity, it is agreed that as used in Section 5.2(a), the term Subcustodian shall not include any Eligible Foreign Custodian as to which Bank has not acted as Foreign Custody Manager.

 

(e) The term “Securities Depository” as used in this Agreement when referring to a securities depository located outside the U.S. shall mean:

 

an “Eligible Securities Depository” which, in turn, shall have the same meaning as in rule 17f-7(b)(1)(i)-(vi) as the same may be amended from time to time, or that has otherwise been made exempt pursuant to an SEC exemptive order.

 

(f) The term “Securities Depository” as used in this Agreement when referring to a securities depository located in the U.S. shall mean a “securities depository” as defined in SEC rule 17f-4(c).

 

26


Schedule 3

 

ELIGIBLE SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES

 


Appendix 1

 

Information Regarding Country Risk

 

1. To aid Customer in its determinations regarding Country Risk, Bank shall furnish annually and upon the initial placing of Financial Assets and cash into a country the following information:

 

  A Opinions of local counsel concerning:

 

  i. Whether applicable foreign law would restrict the access afforded Customer’s independent public accountants to books and records kept by an Eligible Foreign Custodian located in that country.

 

  ii. Whether applicable foreign law would restrict the Customer’s ability to recover its Foreign Assets and cash in the event of the bankruptcy of an Eligible Foreign Custodian located in that country.

 

  iii. Whether applicable foreign law would restrict the Customer’s ability to recover Foreign Assets that are lost while under the control of an Eligible Foreign Custodian located in the country.

 

  B. Written information concerning:

 

  i. The foreseeability of expropriation, nationalization, freezes, or confiscation of Customer’s Foreign Assets.

 

  ii. Whether difficulties in converting Customer’s cash and cash equivalents to U.S. dollars are reasonably foreseeable.

 

  C. A market report with respect to the following topics:

 

(i) securities regulatory environment, (ii) foreign ownership restrictions, (iii) foreign exchange, (iv) securities settlement and registration, (v) taxation, and (vi) depositories (including depository evaluation), if any.

 

2. To aid Customer in monitoring Country Risk, Bank shall furnish board the following additional information:

 

Market flashes, including with respect to changes in the information in market reports.

 

Exhibit (k)(1)

 

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

 

AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) made as of March     , 2004 by and between Apollo Investment Corporation, a Maryland corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”), and Apollo Investment Administration, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (hereinafter referred to as the “Administrator”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation is a newly organized closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (hereinafter referred to as the “Investment Company Act”);

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to retain the Administrator to provide administrative services to the Corporation in the manner and on the terms hereinafter set forth;

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation’s investment adviser is the Administrator’s sole member; and

 

WHEREAS, the Administrator is willing to provide administrative services to the Corporation on the terms and conditions hereafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the Corporation and the Administrator hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Duties of the Administrator

 

(a) Employment of Administrator . The Corporation hereby employs the Administrator to act as administrator of the Corporation, and to furnish, or arrange for others to furnish, the administrative services, personnel and facilities described below, subject to review by and the overall control of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, for the period and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Administrator hereby accepts such employment and agrees during such period to render, or arrange for the rendering of, such services and to assume the obligations herein set forth subject to the reimbursement of costs and expenses provided for below. The Administrator and such others shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be independent contractors and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided or authorized herein, have no authority to act for or represent the Corporation in any way or otherwise be deemed agents of the Corporation.

 

(b) Services . The Administrator shall perform (or oversee, or arrange for, the performance of) the administrative services necessary for the operation of the Corporation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall provide the Corporation with office facilities, equipment, clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities and such other services as the Administrator, subject to review by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, shall from time to time determine to be necessary or useful to

 

1


perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Administrator shall also, on behalf of the Corporation, conduct relations with custodians, depositories, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents, other stockholder servicing agents, accountants, attorneys, underwriters, brokers and dealers, corporate fiduciaries, insurers, banks and such other persons in any such other capacity deemed to be necessary or desirable. The Administrator shall make reports to the Directors of its performance of obligations hereunder and furnish advice and recommendations with respect to such other aspects of the business and affairs of the Corporation as it shall determine to be desirable; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to require the Administrator to, and the Administrator shall not, provide any advice or recommendation relating to the securities and other assets that the Corporation should purchase, retain or sell or any other investment advisory services to the Corporation. The Administrator shall be responsible for the financial and other records that the Corporation is required to maintain and shall prepare reports to stockholders, and reports and other materials filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Administrator will provide on the Corporation’s behalf significant managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Corporation is required to provide such assistance. In addition, the Administrator will assist the Corporation in determining and publishing the Corporation’s net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of the Corporation’s tax returns, and the printing and dissemination of reports to stockholders of the Corporation, and generally overseeing the payment of the Corporation’s expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Corporation by others.

 

2. Records

 

The Administrator agrees to maintain and keep all books, accounts and other records of the Corporation that relate to activities performed by the Administrator hereunder and, if required by the Investment Company Act, will maintain and keep such books, accounts and records in accordance with that Act. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the Investment Company Act, the Administrator agrees that all records which it maintains for the Corporation shall at all times remain the property of the Corporation, shall be readily accessible during normal business hours, and shall be promptly surrendered upon the termination of the Agreement or otherwise on written request. The Administrator further agrees that all records which it maintains for the Corporation pursuant to Rule 31a-1 under the Investment Company Act will be preserved for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the Investment Company Act unless any such records are earlier surrendered as provided above. Records shall be surrendered in usable machine-readable form. The Administrator shall have the right to retain copies of such records subject to observance of its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement.

 

3. Confidentiality

 

The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially the terms and conditions of this Agreement and all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto, including nonpublic personal information pursuant to Regulation S-P of the SEC, shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party, without the prior consent of such providing party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any

 

2


information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is required to be disclosed by any regulatory authority, any authority or legal counsel of the parties hereto, by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by applicable law or regulation.

 

4. Compensation; Allocation of Costs and Expenses

 

In full consideration of the provision of the services of the Administrator, the Corporation shall reimburse the Administrator for the costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations and providing personnel and facilities hereunder.

 

The Corporation will bear all costs and expenses that are incurred in its operation and transactions and not specifically assumed by the Corporation’s investment adviser (the “Adviser”), pursuant to that certain Investment Advisory Management Agreement, dated as of March [X], 2004 by and between the Corporation and the Adviser. Costs and expenses to be borne by the Corporation include, but are not limited to, those relating to: organization and offering; calculating the Corporation’s net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm); expenses incurred by the Adviser payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for the Corporation and in monitoring the Corporation’s investments and performing due diligence on its prospective portfolio companies; interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance the Corporation’s investments; offerings of the Corporation’s common stock and other securities; investment advisory and management fees; administration fees, if any, payable under this Agreement; fees payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments; transfer agent and custodial fees; federal and state registration fees; all costs of registration and listing the Corporation’s shares on any securities exchange; federal, state and local taxes; independent Directors’ fees and expenses; costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required by the SEC; costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs; the Corporation’s allocable portion of the fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs; and all other expenses incurred by the Corporation or the Administrator in connection with administering the Corporation’s business, including payments under this Agreement based upon the Corporation’s allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under this Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of the Corporation’s chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs.

 

5. Limitation of Liability of the Administrator; Indemnification

 

The Administrator (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with the Administrator, including without limitation its sole member, the Adviser) shall not be liable to the Corporation for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Administrator in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Corporation, and the Corporation shall indemnify, defend and protect the Administrator (and its

 

3


officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with the Administrator, including without limitation the Adviser, each of whom shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof) (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Administrator’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Corporation. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Paragraph 5 to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect the Indemnified Parties against or entitle or be deemed to entitle the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any liability to the Corporation or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of the Administrator’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Administrator’s duties and obligations under this Agreement (to the extent applicable, as the same shall be determined in accordance with the Investment Company Act and any interpretations or guidance by the SEC or its staff thereunder).

 

6. Activities of the Administrator

 

The services of the Administrator to the Corporation are not to be deemed to be exclusive, and the Administrator and each affiliate is free to render services to others. It is understood that directors, officers, employees and stockholders of the Corporation are or may become interested in the Administrator and its affiliates, as directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners, stockholders or otherwise, and that the Administrator and directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners and stockholders of the Administrator and its affiliates are or may become similarly interested in the Corporation as stockholders or otherwise.

 

7. Duration and Termination of this Agreement

 

This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof, and shall remain in force with respect to the Corporation for two years thereafter, and thereafter continue from year to year, but only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the Board of Directors of the Corporation and (ii) a majority of those Directors who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party.

 

This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Directors of the Corporation, or by the Administrator, upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. This Agreement may not be assigned by a party without the consent of the other party.

 

4


8. Amendments of this Agreement

 

This Agreement may be amended pursuant to a written instrument by mutual consent of the parties.

 

9. Governing Law

 

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with laws of the State of New York and the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, if any. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, if any, the latter shall control.

 

10. Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supercedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

11. Notices

 

Any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the other party at its principal office.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION
By:    
     
   
   

Name:

Title:

APOLLO INVESTMENT ADMINISTRATION, LLC
By:    
     
   
   

Name:

Title:

 

6

EXHIBIT (K)(2)

 

TRANSFER AGENCY AND REGISTRAR SERVICES

AGREEMENT

 

by and between:

 

APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION

 

and

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY

 

Dated: April      , 2004

 


Table of Contents

 

Section 1.

   Appointment of Agent    3

Section 2.

   Standard Services    4

Section 3.

   Fees and Expenses    7

Section 4.

   Representations and Warranties of AST    8

Section 5.

   Representations and Warranties of the Company    8

Section 6.

   Reliance and Indemnification    8

Section 7.

   Standard of Care    10

Section 8.

   Limitations on AST’s Responsibilities    10

Section 9.

   Covenants of the Company and AST    11

Section 10.

   Term and Termination    12

Section 11.

   Assignment    13

Section 12.

   Notices    13

Section 13.

   Successors    13

Section 14.

   Amendment    13

Section 15.

   Severability    14

Section 16.

   Governing Law    14

Section 17.

   Descriptive Headings    14

Section 18.

   Third Party Beneficiaries    14

Section 19.

   Survival    14

Section 20.

   Merger of Agreement    14

Section 21.

   Counterparts    14
     Signatures    14

 

2


TRANSFER AGENCY AND REGISTRAR SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Transfer Agency and Registrar Services Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of April      , 2004 is between Apollo Investment Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation (“AST”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires the appointment of AST as transfer agent and registrar; and

 

WHEREAS, AST desires to accept such appointment and perform the services related to such appointment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follow:

 

Section 1. Appointment of Agent

 

  1.01 The Company hereby appoints AST to act as sole transfer agent and registrar for the common stock of the Company, $.001 par value per share (“the Shares”), in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and AST hereby accepts such appointment.

 

  1.02 In connection with the appointment of AST as transfer agent and registrar for the Company, the Company shall provide AST:

 

  (a) An Incumbency Certificate in substantially the form reasonably acceptable to AST (and a Supplemental Certificate each time there is any material change to the information contained in the original Incumbency Certificate). The Company and AST agree to abide by the Regulations of AST, which are attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement. It is agreed, however, that any provisions explicitly addressed in this Agreement shall govern the relationship between the parties in the event of a conflict between the Regulations of AST and this Agreement;

 

  (b) Specimens of all forms of outstanding stock certificates, in the forms approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, with a certificate of the Secretary of the Company as to such approval;

 

  (c) Specimens of the signatures of the officers of the Company authorized to sign stock certificates and specimens of the signatures of the individuals (“Authorized Persons”) authorized to sign written instructions and requests;

 

3


  (d) A copy of the Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws of the Company as currently in effect and, on a continuing basis, copies of all material amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws made after the date of this Agreement (such amendments to be provided promptly after such amendments are made); and

 

  (e) A sufficient supply of blank certificates signed by (or bearing the facsimile signature of) the officers of the Company authorized to sign stock certificates and bearing the Company’s corporate seal (if required). AST may use certificates bearing the signature of a person who at the time of use is no longer an officer of the Company.

 

Section 2. Standard Services

 

  2.01 In accordance with the procedures established from time to time by agreement between the Company and AST, AST shall provide the following services:

 

  (a) Create and maintain shareholder accounts for all Shares;

 

  (b) Consolidate duplicate accounts when requested by the Company;

 

  (c) Provide online access capability for the Company’s personnel, including “read-only” access to individual shareholder files;

 

  (d) Review transfer documents and certificates for acceptability and if reasonably acceptable, effect the related transfers;

 

  (e) Complete transfer debit and credit transactions within applicable SEC guidelines;

 

  (f) Issue and record the appropriate number of shares as directed by the Company and in the appropriate shareholder account;

 

  (g) Maintain Treasury accounts in book entry;

 

  (h) Furnish clear, simple, and detailed instructions to shareholders throughout the transfer process, as well as clear and concise written explanations of rejected transfers;

 

  (i) Post transfers to the record system daily;

 

  (j) Prepare a list of shareholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting as requested by the Company;

 

4


  (k) As required by the Company, mail all proxy materials to shareholders of record as of the proxy record date or provide a list of the names (and other relevant information) of such shareholders of record to a designated third party for purposes of such mailing (it being understood, however, that production of such external files shall be billable as an out-of-pocket expense at AST’s standard rates for the production of external tapes);

 

  (l) Tabulate returned proxy cards;

 

  (m) Provide the Company with access to shareholder voting records prior to the Company’s annual meeting;

 

  (n) Provide appropriate responses to electronic, telephonic and written inquiries from the Company’s shareholders;

 

  (o) Provide a toll-free number in conjunction with an interactive telephone system reasonably acceptable to the Company that is capable of providing information and handling shareholder requests without talking to a representative;

 

  (p) Provide VIP account services, including expedited processing of special requests for transfers, transmittal of account information, replacement statements, and other matters as deemed necessary by the Company;

 

  (q) Prepare and submit appropriate tax, abandoned property and other reports required by State and Federal agencies, principal stock exchanges, and shareholders, as requested by the Company;

 

  (r) Issue replacement certificates for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, unless AST has received notice that such certificates were acquired by a bona fide purchaser. AST shall be entitled to demand an open penalty surety bond satisfactory to AST holding AST and the Company harmless. AST shall be entitled to demand payment of the premium and processing fee for such open penalty surety bond from the shareholder. AST, at its option, may issue replacement certificates in place of mutilated stock certificates upon presentation thereof without such indemnity;

 

  (s) Compute quarterly dividend payment for each account as of the record date, balanced to the official share position;

 

5


  (t) Prepare and provide reports on daily transactions by shareholders on the business day following the date of the transaction, and to the extent requested by the Company, monthly reports reflecting shareholders of record and the amount of Shares owned by such shareholders as of a specified date.

 

  (u) Prepare and transmit payments for dividends and distributions declared by the Company, provided good funds for said dividends or distributions are received by AST prior to the scheduled mailing date for said dividends or distributions;

 

  (v) Code lost accounts to suppress printing and mailing of checks;

 

  (w) Replace lost or stolen checks at a shareholder’s request and place stop orders on original checks replaced by such lost or stolen checks;

 

  (x) Withhold taxes on dividends at the appropriate rate when applicable;

 

  (y) Provide for seasonal mailing addresses;

 

  (z) Act as agent for shareholders pursuant to the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of such Plan and any agreements relating thereto to which AST is or will be a party;

 

  (aa) Provide all customary services as an administrator of the Plan, including, receiving all payments made to the Company or AST under the Plan, making all payments required to be made under the Plan, including all payments required to be made to the Company and performing all other services required to be performed by AST under the terms of the Plan and any agreements relating thereto to which AST is or will be party.

 

  (bb) [Administer an Investors Choice Direct Stock Purchase and Sale program (if applicable).]

 

  2.02 AST may provide further services to, or on behalf of, the Company as may be agreed upon between the Company and AST.

 

6


Section 3. Fees and Expenses

 

  3.01 Fees

 

  (a) The Company agrees to pay AST fees for the services performed pursuant to this agreement in the amount of $                      per month. In the event that the scope of services to be provided by AST is increased substantially, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to determine reasonable compensation for such additional services.

 

  (b) AST shall be entitled to any interest or income earned with respect to the deposit of any funds by AST for the account of the Company or its shareholders. Any benefits to AST from such deposits shall be deemed to have been contemplated in connection with the above-referenced fee arrangements.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding Section 3.01(a) and 3.01(b) above, the terms of the fee and out-of-pocket arrangements may be changed from time to time as agreed upon between AST and the Company.

 

  3.02 Out-of-Pocket Expenses

 

  (a) In addition to the fees paid under Section 3.01 above, the Company agrees to reimburse AST for all reasonable expenses or other reasonable charges incurred by AST in connection with the provision of services to the Company (including reasonable attorneys fees).

 

  (b) Notwithstanding Section 3.03 below, AST reserves the right to request advance payment for substantial reasonable out-of-pocket expenditures.

 

  3.03. Payment of Fees and Expenses

 

The Company agrees to pay all fees and reimbursable expenses set forth under Sections 3.01 and 3.02 above within thirty (30) days following the receipt of a billing notice, except for any fees or expenses disputed by the Company in good faith. The Company shall notify AST within 21 calendar days following receipt of a billing notice if the Company is disputing any amounts in that billing notice.

 

  3.04 Services Required by Legislation

 

Services required by legislation or regulatory mandate that become effective after the effective date of this Agreement and that are not otherwise included in Section 2 shall not be part of the standard services, and shall be billed by agreement.

 

7


Section 4.  Representations and Warranties of AST

 

AST represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

It is a corporation duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of New York;

 

It has and will continue to have access to the necessary facilities, equipment and personnel to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement;

 

It is duly qualified to carry on its business in the State of New York;

 

It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Charter and By-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement and that AST entering into this Agreement will not constitute a breach of, violate or conflict with, any provision of any such laws, charter, By-laws or any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree or award of any court, arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority applicable to AST;

 

All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement and this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of AST, enforceable against AST in accordance with its terms; and

 

It will comply with all applicable law in the performance of its duties hereunder, including the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act.

 

Section 5.  Representations and Warranties of the Company

 

The Company represents and warrants to AST that:

 

It is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland;

 

It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Articles of Incorporation and by-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement; and

 

All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.

 

Section 6.  Reliance and Indemnification

 

  6.01

AST may rely on any written or oral instructions received from any person it believes in good faith to be an Authorized Person. AST may also rely in good faith on advice, opinions or instructions received from the

 

8


 

Company’s legal counsel. AST may, in any event, rely in good faith on advice received from its legal counsel. AST may rely (a) on any writing or other instruction believed by it in good faith to have been furnished by a shareholder or on behalf of the Company by an Authorized Person; (b) on any statement of fact contained in any such writing or other instruction which it in good faith does not believe to be inaccurate; (c) on the apparent authority of any person to act on behalf of a shareholder as having actual authority to the extent of such apparent authority; (d) on the authenticity of any signature (manual or facsimile) appearing on any writing; and (e) on the conformity to original of any copy.

 

  6.02 AST shall not be responsible for, and the Company shall indemnify and hold AST harmless from and against, any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, reasonable counsel fees and expenses, payments, general expenses and/or liability arising out of or attributable to:

 

  (a) AST’s (and/or its agents’ or subcontractors’) actions performed in its capacity as transfer agent and/or registrar, provided that such actions are taken in good faith and without negligence, fraud, reckless disregard or willful misconduct;

 

  (b) The Company’s lack of good faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct or material breach of any representation or warranty of the Company hereunder;

 

  (c) Any action(s) reasonably performed pursuant to a direction or request issued by a statutory, regulatory, governmental or quasi-governmental body (AST shall, however, provide the Company with prior notice when practicable, unless AST is not permitted to do so); or

 

  (d) Any reasonable expenses, including attorney fees, incurred in seeking to enforce the foregoing indemnities upon final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that AST is entitled to indemnification.

 

  6.03 AST will research the records delivered to it on its appointment as agent if it receives a stock certificate not reflected in said records. If neither the Company nor AST is able to reconcile said certificate with said records (so that the transfer of said certificate on the records maintained by AST would create an overissue), the Company shall either increase the number of its issued shares, or acquire and cancel a sufficient number of issued shares, to correct the overissue.

 

9


  6.04 AST shall be responsible for and shall indemnify and hold the Company harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, reasonable counsel fees, and expenses, payments, general expenses and/or liability arising out of or attributable to AST’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, or which arise out of AST’s negligence, fraud, reckless disregard or willful misconduct or which arise out of the breach of any representation or warranty of AST hereunder, for which AST is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

  6.05 Upon the assertion of a claim for which one party may be required to indemnify the other, the party seeking indemnification shall promptly notify the other party of such assertion, and shall keep the other party advised with respect to all developments concerning such claim. The indemnifying party shall have the option to participate with the indemnified party in the defense of such claim or to defend against said claim in its own name or the name of the indemnified party. The indemnified party shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the indemnifying party may be required to indemnify it, except with the indemnifying party’s prior written consent.

 

  6.06 The indemnities contained in Section 6 shall not terminate on termination of AST’s acting as transfer agent and/or registrar, and they are irrevocable. AST’s acceptance of its appointment as transfer agent and/or registrar, evidenced by its acting as such for any period, shall be deemed sufficient consideration for the foregoing indemnities.

 

Section 7.  Standard of Care

 

AST shall, at all times, act in good faith. AST agrees to use its best efforts, within reasonable time limits, to ensure the accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement.

 

Section 8.  Limitations on AST’s Responsibilities

 

AST shall not be responsible for the validity of the issuance, presentation or transfer of stock; the genuineness of endorsements; the authority of presentors; or the collection or payment of charges or taxes incident to the issuance or transfer of stock. AST may, however, delay or decline an issuance or transfer if it reasonably deems it to be in its or the Company’s best interests to receive evidence or assurance of such validity, authority, collection or payment. AST shall not be deemed to have notice of, or to be required to inquire regarding, any provision of the Company’s charter or By-laws, any court or administrative order, or any other document, unless it is specifically advised of such in a writing from the Company,

 

10


which writing shall set forth the manner in which it affects the Shares. In no event shall AST be responsible for any transfer or issuance not effected by it.

 

Section 9.  Covenants of the Company and AST

 

  9.01 AST agrees to establish and maintain facilities and procedures reasonably acceptable to the Company for the safekeeping of stock certificates.

 

  9.02 AST shall keep records relating to the services to be performed hereunder, in the form and manner, as it may deem advisable. AST agrees that all such records prepared or maintained by it relating to the services performed hereunder are the property of the Company and will be preserved, maintained and made available to the Company in accordance with the requirements of law (including the 1940 Act and the Rules thereunder), and will be surrendered promptly to the Company on and in accordance with its request.

 

  9.03 AST and the Company agree that all confidential books, records, information and data pertaining to the business of the other party (including shareholder lists) which are exchanged or received pursuant to the negotiation or the carrying out of this Agreement shall remain confidential, and shall not be voluntarily disclosed to any other person, except as may be required by law.

 

  9.04 AST shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide assistance to the Company (at the Company’s reasonable request made from time to time) by providing sub-certifications regarding certain of its services performed hereunder to the Company in connection with the Company’s Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 certification requirements.

 

  9.05 AST shall provide the Company, at such times as the Company shall reasonably request and at AST’s expense, with reports of AST’s independent public accountants as to AST’s internal controls and procedures relating to AST’s ability to accurately and safely provide the services under this Agreement; such reports, shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail, as may reasonably be required by the Company to provide reasonable assurance that any material inadequacies would be disclosed by such examination, and, if there are no such inadequacies, the reports shall so state.

 

  9.06

AST shall have adopted and implemented within a reasonable period of time prior to October 5, 2004 written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Federal Securities laws by AST. AST shall provide the Company, at such times as the Company shall reasonably request and at AST’s expense, with a copy

 

11


 

of such policies and procedures and a third-party report of such policies and procedures; such report shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail, as may reasonably be required by the Company to comply with Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act and to provide reasonable assurance that any material inadequacies would be disclosed by such examination, and, if there are no such inadequacies, the reports shall so state.

 

Section 10.  Term and Termination

 

  10.01  The initial term of this Agreement shall be two (2) years from the date hereof, and shall remain in effect unless and until terminated by either party in accordance with Section 10.02 or 10.03 of this Agreement, as applicable. After the initial term, this Agreement shall remain in effect unless and until terminated by either party (i) at any time, upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other party, or (ii) in accordance with Section 10.02 or 10.03 of this Agreement, as applicable.

 

  10.02  In the event that AST commits any continuing breach of its material obligations under this Agreement, and such breach remains uncured for more than ten (10) days after written notice by the Company, the Company shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement upon at least ten (10) days’ prior notice to the other party with no further payments other than (a) payment of any amounts then outstanding under this Agreement and (b) payment of any amounts owed pursuant to Section 10.05 hereof.

 

  10.03  In the event that the Company commits any breach of its material obligations to AST, including non-payment of any amount owing to AST, and such breach remains uncured for more than forty-five (45) days, AST shall have the right to terminate this Agreement or suspend its services upon sixty (60) days’ notice to the Company. During such time as AST may suspend its services, AST shall have no obligation to act as transfer agent and/or registrar on behalf of the Company, and shall not be deemed its agent for such purposes. Such suspension shall not affect AST’s rights under this Agreement.

 

  10.04 

Should the Company elect to terminate this Agreement, AST shall make a good faith effort to facilitate the transition of the services performed by AST under this Agreement to a successor transfer agent, and registrar, including preparing records for delivery to its successor or to the Company, forwarding and maintaining records with respect to certificates received after such termination and delivering promptly to the Company, in form reasonably acceptable to the Company, all shareholder and other records, files and data supplied to or compiled by AST. AST shall be entitled to reasonable reimbursement of expenses incurred by it in

 

12


 

performing such services. AST will perform its services in assisting with the transfer of records in a diligent and professional manner.

 

Section 11.  Assignment

 

Neither this Agreement, nor any rights or obligations hereunder, may be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other party.

 

Section 12.  Notices

 

Any notice or communication by AST or the Company to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (postage prepaid), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier to the other’s address:

 

If to the Company:

 

Michael D. Weiner

Apollo Investment Corporation

1301 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

 

Telecopy no: (212) 515-3262

 

If to AST:

 

Mr. George Karfunkel

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

59 Maiden Lane

New York, NY 10038

Telecopy No.: (718) 236-4588

 

AST and the Company may, by notice to the other, designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

Section 13.  Successors

 

All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or AST shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

 

Section 14.  Amendment

 

This agreement may be amended or modified by a written amendment executed by both parties hereto.

 

13


Section 15.  Severability

 

If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. To the extent that any provision hereof is deemed to be unenforceable under applicable law, it shall be replaced by an enforceable provision to the same or nearest possible effect.

 

Section 16.  Governing Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the principals of conflicts of law rules.

 

Section 17.  Descriptive Headings

 

Descriptive headings of the several sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

Section 18.  Third Party Beneficiaries

 

The provisions of this Agreement are intended to benefit only AST and the Company and their respective successors and assigns. No rights shall be granted to any other person by virtue of this Agreement, and there are no third party beneficiaries hereof.

 

Section 19.  Survival

 

All provisions regarding indemnification, liability and limits thereon and confidentiality shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 20.  Merger of Agreement

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.

 

Section 21.  Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.

 

APOLLO INVESTMENT CORPORATION
By:    
   
Name:    
   
Title:    
   
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
By:    
   
Name:    
   
Title:    
   

 

15

Exhibit (k)(3)

 

TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and effective as of March [ x ], 2004 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Apollo Management, L.P. (the “ Licensor ”), and Apollo Investment Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Maryland (“ Corporation ”) (each a “ party ,” and collectively, the “ parties ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Licensor is the owner of the trade name “APOLLO” (the “ Licensed Mark ”) [in the United States of America (the “Territory”)].

 

WHEREAS, Corporation is a newly organized closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain investment advisory and management agreement dated as of March,      , 2004 between Licensor and Corporation (the “ Advisory Agreement ”), Corporation has engaged Licensor to act as the investment adviser to the Corporation; and

 

WHEREAS, Corporation desires to use the Licensed Mark in connection with the operation of its business, and Licensor is willing to permit Corporation to use the Licensed Mark, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

LICENSE GRANT

 

1.1 License . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to Corporation, and Corporation hereby accepts from Licensor, a personal, non-exclusive, royalty-free right and license to use the Licensed Mark solely and exclusively as an element of Corporation’s own company name and in connection with the Corporation. Except as provided above, neither Corporation nor any affiliate, owner, director, officer, employee, or agent thereof shall otherwise use the Licensed Mark or any derivative thereof without the prior express written consent of Licensor in its sole and absolute discretion. All rights not expressly granted to Corporation hereunder shall remain the exclusive property of Licensor.

 

1.2 Licensor’s Use . Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Licensor, its affiliates, or any of their respective successors or assigns from using or permitting other entities to use the Licensed Mark whether or not such entity directly or indirectly competes or conflicts with Corporation’s business in any manner.

 


ARTICLE 2

OWNERSHIP

 

2.1 Ownership . Corporation acknowledges and agrees that Licensor is the owner of all right, title, and interest in and to the Licensed Mark, and all such right, title, and interest shall remain with the Licensor. Corporation shall not otherwise contest, dispute, or challenge Licensor’s right, title, and interest in and to the Licensed Mark.

 

2.2 Goodwill . All goodwill and reputation generated by Corporation’s use of the Licensed Mark shall inure to the benefit of Licensor. Corporation shall not by any act or omission use the Licensed Mark in any manner that disparages or reflects adversely on Licensor or its business or reputation. Except as expressly provided herein, neither party may use any trademark or service mark of the other party without that party’s prior written consent, which consent shall be given in that party’s sole discretion.

 

ARTICLE 3

COMPLIANCE

 

3.1 Quality Control . In order to preserve the inherent value of the Licensed Mark, Corporation agrees to use reasonable efforts to ensure that it maintains the quality of the Corporation’s business and the operation thereof equal to the standards prevailing in the operation of Licensor’s and Corporation’s business as of the date of this Agreement. The Corporation further agrees to use the Licensed Mark in accordance with such quality standards as may be reasonably established by Licensor and communicated to the Corporation from time to time in writing, or as may be agreed to by Licensor and the Corporation from time to time in writing.

 

3.2 Compliance With Laws . Corporation agrees that the business operated by it in connection with the Licensed Mark shall comply with all laws, rules, regulations and requirements of any governmental body in the Territory or elsewhere as may be applicable to the operation, advertising and promotion of the business, and shall notify Licensor of any action that must be taken by Corporation to comply with such law, rules, regulations or requirements.

 

3.3 Notification of Infringement . Each party shall immediately notify the other party and provide to the other party all relevant background facts upon becoming aware of (i) any registrations of, or applications for registration of, marks in the Territory that do or may conflict with any Licensed Mark, and (ii) any infringements, imitations, or illegal use or misuse of the Licensed Mark in the Territory.

 


ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

4.1 Mutual Representations . Each party hereby represents and warrants to the other party as follows:

 

(a) Due Authorization . Such party is a corporation duly incorporated and in good standing as of the Effective Date, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such party.

 

(b) Due Execution . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such party and, with due authorization, execution and delivery by the other party, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

 

(c) No Conflict . Such party’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not: (i) violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any provision of the charter or by-laws (or similar organizational documents) of such party; (ii) conflict with or violate any law or governmental order applicable to such party or any of its assets, properties or businesses; or (iii) conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default (or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, require any consent under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration, suspension, revocation or cancellation of any contract, agreement, lease, sublease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or arrangement to which it is a party.

 

ARTICLE 5

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

5.1 Term . This Agreement shall expire (i) upon expiration or termination of the Advisory Agreement; (ii) if the Licensor ceases to serve as investment adviser to Corporation; or (iii) by Licensor or Corporation upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party.

 

5.2 Upon Termination . Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, all rights granted to Corporation under this Agreement with respect to the Licensed Mark shall cease, and Corporation shall immediately discontinue use of the Licensed Mark. For              months following termination of this Agreement, Corporation shall specify on all public-facing materials in a prominent place and in prominent typeface that Corporation is no longer operating under the Licensed Mark and is no longer associated with Licensor.

 

ARTICLE 6

MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1 Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. No assignment by either party permitted hereunder shall relieve the applicable party of its obligations under this Agreement. Any assignment by either party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be pursuant to a written assignment agreement in which the assignee expressly assumes the assigning party’s rights and obligations hereunder.

 


6.2 Independent Contractor . Except as expressly provided or authorized in the Advisory Agreement, neither party shall have, or shall represent that it has, any power, right or authority to bind the other party to any obligation or liability, or to assume or create any obligation or liability on behalf of the other party.

 

6.3 Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service (with signature required), by facsimile, or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses:

 

If to Licensor:

 

Apollo Investment Management, L.P.

1301 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Tel. No.: (212) 515-3200

Fax No.: (212) 515-3262

Attn:

 

If to Corporation:

 

Apollo Investment Corporation

1301 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Tel. No.: (212) 515-3200

Fax No.: (212) 515-3262

Attn:

 

6.4 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law rules. The parties unconditionally and irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in the State of New York and waive any objection with respect thereto, for the purpose of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

6.5 Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by all parties hereto.

 

6.6 No Waiver . The failure of either party to enforce at any time for any period the provisions of or any rights deriving from this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provisions or rights or the right of such party thereafter to enforce such provisions, and no waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by all parties hereto.

 

6.7 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 


6.8 Headings . The descriptive headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

6.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original instrument and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

6.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

6.11 Third party Beneficiaries . Nothing in this Agreement, either express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any third party any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date by its duly authorized officer.

 

ADVISER:

Apollo Management, L.P.

By: AIF III Management, Inc.

By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

   
 

CORPORATION:

Apollo Investment Corporation

By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

Exhibit (l)

 

[LETTERHEAD OF VENABLE LLP]

 

April 1, 2004

 

Apollo Investment Corporation

1301 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

 

  Re: Registration Statement on Form N-2:
     File No.: 333-112591

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have served as special Maryland counsel to Apollo Investment Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), in connection with certain matters of Maryland law arising out of the registration of 57,500,000 shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, $.001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company to be issued in an underwritten initial public offering, covered by the above-referenced Registration Statement (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Registration Statement.

 

In connection with our representation of the Company, and as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Documents”):

 

1. The Registration Statement, and all amendments thereto, substantially in the form transmitted to the Commission under the 1933 Act;

 

2. The charter of the Company, as amended and restated (the “Charter”), certified as of a recent date by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”);

 

3. The Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;

 

4. A certificate of the SDAT as to the good standing of the Company, dated as of a recent date;

 


Apollo Investment Corporation

April 1, 2004

Page 2

 

5. Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Resolutions”) relating to the authorization of the sale and issuance of the Shares, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;

 

6. A certificate executed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the date hereof; and

 

7. Such other documents and matters as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to express the opinion set forth below, subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein.

 

In expressing the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the following:

 

1. Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf of such individual or any other person, is legally competent to do so.

 

2. Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a party (other than the Company) is duly authorized to do so.

 

3. Each of the parties (other than the Company) executing any of the Documents has duly and validly executed and delivered each of the Documents to which such party is a signatory, and such party’s obligations set forth therein are legal, valid and binding and are enforceable in accordance with all stated terms.

 

4. All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic. The form and content of all Documents submitted to us as unexecuted drafts do not differ in any respect relevant to this opinion from the form and content of such Documents as executed and delivered. All Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the original documents. All signatures on all such Documents are genuine. All public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and complete. All representations, warranties, statements and information contained in the Documents are true and complete. There has been no oral or written modification of or amendment to any of the Documents, and there has been no waiver of any provision of any of the Documents, by action or omission of the parties or otherwise.

 

5. Prior to the issuance of the Shares, the Board of Directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, will determine the number, and certain terms of issuance, of such Shares (the “Corporate Proceedings”).

 


Apollo Investment Corporation

April 1, 2004

Page 3

 

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that:

 

1. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with the SDAT.

 

2. The issuance of the Shares has been duly authorized and (assuming that, upon any issuance of the Shares, the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding will not exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock that the Company is then authorized to issue under the Charter), when and if delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the Resolutions and the Corporate Proceedings, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

The foregoing opinion is limited to the substantive laws of the State of Maryland and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law. We express no opinion as to compliance with federal or state securities laws, including the securities laws of the State of Maryland, or the 1940 Act.

 

The opinion expressed herein is limited to the matters specifically set forth herein and no other opinion shall be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable law changes after the date hereof or if we become aware of any fact that might change the opinion expressed herein after the date hereof.

 

This opinion is being furnished to you for submission to the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Venable LLP


     Venable LLP

 


 

Exhibit N

 

Consent of independent accountants

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form N-2 of our report dated March 16, 2004, relating to the financial statement of Apollo Investment Corporation, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Independent Accountants” and “Report of Independent Auditors” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

March 31, 2004